US20130087682A1 - Photoelectric conversion device, imaging device, and method for driving photoelectric conversion device - Google Patents
Photoelectric conversion device, imaging device, and method for driving photoelectric conversion device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20130087682A1 US20130087682A1 US13/687,950 US201213687950A US2013087682A1 US 20130087682 A1 US20130087682 A1 US 20130087682A1 US 201213687950 A US201213687950 A US 201213687950A US 2013087682 A1 US2013087682 A1 US 2013087682A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- photoelectric conversion
- layer
- conversion device
- group
- light
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 364
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 title claims description 83
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 62
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 74
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 69
- DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M merocyanine Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1N(CCCC)C(=O)N(CCCC)C(=O)C1=C\C=C\C=C/1N(CCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O\1 DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M 0.000 claims abstract description 40
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 56
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 48
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 15
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004070 6 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 462
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 87
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 86
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 72
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 61
- -1 arylidene compound Chemical class 0.000 description 53
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 51
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 47
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 47
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 47
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 38
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 32
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 26
- RVBUGGBMJDPOST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-thiobarbituric acid Chemical compound O=C1CC(=O)NC(=S)N1 RVBUGGBMJDPOST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 20
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 20
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 19
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 16
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 13
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- QVPNVWIHUOTMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN1COC2=CC=CC=C21 Chemical compound CCN1COC2=CC=CC=C21 QVPNVWIHUOTMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000031700 light absorption Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000001434 methanylylidene group Chemical group [H]C#[*] 0.000 description 9
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 9
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 0 C.[11*]/C(=C/C=B)C([12*])=C Chemical compound C.[11*]/C(=C/C=B)C([12*])=C 0.000 description 7
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 7
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoranthene Chemical class C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- HNYOPLTXPVRDBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N barbituric acid Chemical compound O=C1CC(=O)NC(=O)N1 HNYOPLTXPVRDBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 6
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910001887 tin oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 6
- QGKMIGUHVLGJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-M (4z)-1-(3-methylbutyl)-4-[[1-(3-methylbutyl)quinolin-1-ium-4-yl]methylidene]quinoline;iodide Chemical class [I-].C12=CC=CC=C2N(CCC(C)C)C=CC1=CC1=CC=[N+](CCC(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C12 QGKMIGUHVLGJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- SHBTUGJAKBRBBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diethyl-2-sulfanylidene-1,3-diazinane-4,6-dione Chemical compound CCN1C(=O)CC(=O)N(CC)C1=S SHBTUGJAKBRBBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- IITIZHOBOIBGBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN1CSC2=CC=CC=C21 Chemical compound CCN1CSC2=CC=CC=C21 IITIZHOBOIBGBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KRXXWINWRGUIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1CC(C)(C)C2=CC=CC=C21 Chemical compound CN1CC(C)(C)C2=CC=CC=C21 KRXXWINWRGUIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 5
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 5
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine group Chemical group N1=CCC2=CC=CC=C12 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 5
- LEBVLXFERQHONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butyl-N-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)piperidine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound CCCCN1CCCCC1C(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C LEBVLXFERQHONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butadiene Chemical compound C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical group C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 4
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000469 dry deposition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical class C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004469 siloxy group Chemical group [SiH3]O* 0.000 description 4
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 4
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004304 visual acuity Effects 0.000 description 4
- ZOBPZXTWZATXDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazolidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1CSC(=O)N1 ZOBPZXTWZATXDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UGWULZWUXSCWPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-sulfanylideneimidazolidin-4-one Chemical compound O=C1CNC(=S)N1 UGWULZWUXSCWPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNPNXLYNSXZPGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-sulfanylideneimidazolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NCC(=S)N1 DNPNXLYNSXZPGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DANDTMGGYNCQLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4h-1,3-oxazol-5-one Chemical compound O=C1CN=CO1 DANDTMGGYNCQLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XUCMDLYIYOXEBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN1C(=O)CC(=O)N(CC)C1=O Chemical compound CCN1C(=O)CC(=O)N(CC)C1=O XUCMDLYIYOXEBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JMOKBYYABLITJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1CN(C)C2=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C21 Chemical compound CN1CN(C)C2=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C21 JMOKBYYABLITJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBQJKKPQBMSWEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1CC(=O)N(C2=CC=CC=C2)C(=O)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound O=C1CC(=O)N(C2=CC=CC=C2)C(=O)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 FBQJKKPQBMSWEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PTFCDOFLOPIGGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc dication Chemical compound [Zn+2] PTFCDOFLOPIGGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical group C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001454 anthracenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo-alpha-pyrone Natural products C1=CC=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=C1 ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydantoin Chemical compound O=C1CNC(=O)N1 WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940091173 hydantoin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 3
- 229910003437 indium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium(iii) oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[In+3].[In+3] PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium;oxotin Chemical compound [In].[Sn]=O AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007733 ion plating Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 3
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical group C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 description 3
- 150000002987 phenanthrenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical group C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical class N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 150000003219 pyrazolines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003220 pyrenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical group C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoxaline Chemical compound N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KIWUVOGUEXMXSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodanine Chemical compound O=C1CSC(=S)N1 KIWUVOGUEXMXSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 3
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003518 tetracenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ODIRBFFBCSTPTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-selenazole Chemical group C1=C[se]C=N1 ODIRBFFBCSTPTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-benzoquinone Chemical compound O=C1C=CC(=O)C=C1 AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 2
- CAAMSDWKXXPUJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dihydro-4H-imidazol-4-one Chemical compound O=C1CNC=N1 CAAMSDWKXXPUJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ONKCIMOQGCARHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-n-[4-[4-(3-methylanilino)phenyl]phenyl]aniline Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(NC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C=CC(NC=3C=C(C)C=CC=3)=CC=2)=C1 ONKCIMOQGCARHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DIVZFUBWFAOMCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-n-(3-methylphenyl)-1-n,1-n-bis[4-(n-(3-methylphenyl)anilino)phenyl]-4-n-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=C(C)C=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=C(C)C=CC=2)=C1 DIVZFUBWFAOMCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OGMOESKXXRDIES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-hydroxy-5-(phenyliminomethyl)-2-sulfanylidene-1H-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C(C=C1)N=CC2=C(NC(=S)NC2=O)O OGMOESKXXRDIES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XMWRBQBLMFGWIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N C60 fullerene Chemical compound C12=C3C(C4=C56)=C7C8=C5C5=C9C%10=C6C6=C4C1=C1C4=C6C6=C%10C%10=C9C9=C%11C5=C8C5=C8C7=C3C3=C7C2=C1C1=C2C4=C6C4=C%10C6=C9C9=C%11C5=C5C8=C3C3=C7C1=C1C2=C4C6=C2C9=C5C3=C12 XMWRBQBLMFGWIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OJBIGIRYKOIRLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC1=CC=C2SCN(CC)C2=C1 Chemical compound CCC1=CC=C2SCN(CC)C2=C1 OJBIGIRYKOIRLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HNSQPWRAECRSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1C(=O)CC(=O)N(CC(=O)O)C1=S Chemical compound CN1C(=O)CC(=O)N(CC(=O)O)C1=S HNSQPWRAECRSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LSOXWTSQOKVCBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1COC2=CC3=C(C=CC=C3)C=C21 Chemical compound CN1COC2=CC3=C(C=CC=C3)C=C21 LSOXWTSQOKVCBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001218 Gallium arsenide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZFIMUSUHAOSEIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1CC(=O)N(C2=CC=CC=C2)C(=S)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound O=C1CC(=O)N(C2=CC=CC=C2)C(=S)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZFIMUSUHAOSEIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001601 aromatic carbocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004391 aryl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000751 azo group Chemical group [*]N=N[*] 0.000 description 2
- QVQLCTNNEUAWMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium oxide Chemical compound [Ba]=O QVQLCTNNEUAWMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001423 beryllium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- PWOSZCQLSAMRQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N beryllium(2+) Chemical group [Be+2] PWOSZCQLSAMRQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 2
- 229910052798 chalcogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001787 chalcogens Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 2
- OMZSGWSJDCOLKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(II) sulfide Chemical compound [S-2].[Cu+2] OMZSGWSJDCOLKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GBRBMTNGQBKBQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper;diiodide Chemical compound I[Cu]I GBRBMTNGQBKBQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229960000956 coumarin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000001671 coumarin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- DMBHHRLKUKUOEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1NC1=CC=CC=C1 DMBHHRLKUKUOEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ferric oxide Chemical compound O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910003472 fullerene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- CKHJYUSOUQDYEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N gallium(3+) Chemical compound [Ga+3] CKHJYUSOUQDYEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004770 highest occupied molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 2
- AMWRITDGCCNYAT-UHFFFAOYSA-L hydroxy(oxo)manganese;manganese Chemical compound [Mn].O[Mn]=O.O[Mn]=O AMWRITDGCCNYAT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 2
- ATFCOADKYSRZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium;oxotungsten Chemical compound [In].[W]=O ATFCOADKYSRZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JYGFTBXVXVMTGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolin-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(=O)CC2=C1 JYGFTBXVXVMTGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 238000004768 lowest unoccupied molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001451 molecular beam epitaxy Methods 0.000 description 2
- IBHBKWKFFTZAHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-[4-(n-naphthalen-1-ylanilino)phenyl]phenyl]-n-phenylnaphthalen-1-amine Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1N(C=1C2=CC=CC=C2C=CC=1)C1=CC=C(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC=2)C=C1 IBHBKWKFFTZAHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical group C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001791 phenazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 238000005240 physical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005268 plasma chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000767 polyaniline Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000412 polyarylene Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000128 polypyrrole Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000123 polythiophene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 2
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000005504 styryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000006296 sulfonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N(*)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- PORWMNRCUJJQNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tellurium atom Chemical group [Te] PORWMNRCUJJQNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004149 thio group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- UWRZIZXBOLBCON-VOTSOKGWSA-N (e)-2-phenylethenamine Chemical class N\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 UWRZIZXBOLBCON-VOTSOKGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXCYNALXWGQUIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dioxo-1-benzothiophen-3-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)CS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 LXCYNALXWGQUIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHGIHNHFMQGPDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dioxothiophen-3-one Chemical compound O=C1CS(=O)(=O)C=C1 CHGIHNHFMQGPDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZMVLKJJJCMVGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-2,4-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(=O)CC(=O)C2=C1 YZMVLKJJJCMVGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGUHFDPGDQDVGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-thiadiazole Chemical group C1=CSN=N1 UGUHFDPGDQDVGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKKIRKUKAAAUNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzotellurazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2[Te]C=NC2=C1 WKKIRKUKAAAUNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJDDLMJULQGRLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxane-4,6-dione Chemical compound O=C1CC(=O)OCO1 XJDDLMJULQGRLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHKAJLSKXBADFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-indandione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)CC(=O)C2=C1 UHKAJLSKXBADFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYWQACMPJZLKOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-tellurazole Chemical group [Te]1C=CN=C1 PYWQACMPJZLKOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJGROPRLXDXIAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazol-4-one Chemical compound O=C1CSC=N1 GJGROPRLXDXIAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOLHRFLIXVQPSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazolidin-4-one Chemical compound O=C1CSCN1 NOLHRFLIXVQPSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VIYJCVXSZKYVBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazolidine-2,4-dithione Chemical compound S=C1CSC(=S)N1 VIYJCVXSZKYVBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRHUHDUEXWHZMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dihydropyrazol-5-one Chemical compound O=C1CC=NN1 ZRHUHDUEXWHZMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VERMWGQSKPXSPZ-BUHFOSPRSA-N 1-[(e)-2-phenylethenyl]anthracene Chemical class C=1C=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C2C=1\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 VERMWGQSKPXSPZ-BUHFOSPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran Chemical group C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SCAVIRZESCFSPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrazolo[1,5-a]benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(NC=C3)C3=NC2=C1 SCAVIRZESCFSPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XWIYUCRMWCHYJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=N1 XWIYUCRMWCHYJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBGKTLCSARFDPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(methylcarbamoylamino)acetic acid Chemical compound CNC(=O)NCC(O)=O JBGKTLCSARFDPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KVUPQEKUVSNRCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-1,3-oxazol-4-one Chemical compound NC1=NC(=O)CO1 KVUPQEKUVSNRCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004182 2-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Cl)=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- BSKHPKMHTQYZBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=N1 BSKHPKMHTQYZBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003504 2-oxazolinyl group Chemical group O1C(=NCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- JDGRKGBUVQASCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenyl-1,3-benzoxazol-4-ol Chemical compound N=1C=2C(O)=CC=CC=2OC=1C1=CC=CC=C1 JDGRKGBUVQASCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HJJXCBIOYBUVBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenyl-1h-benzimidazol-4-ol Chemical compound N1C=2C(O)=CC=CC=2N=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 HJJXCBIOYBUVBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CEPQKEJONUPZGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenyl-1h-imidazol-5-ol Chemical compound N1C(O)=CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 CEPQKEJONUPZGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVGHUTIRZIAMAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenyl-1h-pyrrol-3-ol Chemical compound C1=CNC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1O VVGHUTIRZIAMAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- IPFDTWHBEBJTLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-acridin-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C3C(=O)CC=CC3=NC2=C1 IPFDTWHBEBJTLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBHTTYDJRXOHHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-triazolo[4,5-c]pyridazine Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=C1N=NN2 CBHTTYDJRXOHHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZOKENUNRMDZCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3h-isoquinolin-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)CN=CC2=C1 DZOKENUNRMDZCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MVVFUAACPKXXKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dihydro-1,3-selenazole Chemical group C1CN=C[Se]1 MVVFUAACPKXXKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azabenzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=N1 GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004172 4-methoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- XTSVDOIDJDJMDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-sulfanylidene-1,3-thiazolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC(=S)CS1 XTSVDOIDJDJMDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002471 4H-quinolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CCN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- QBWUTXXJFOIVME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4h-1,2-oxazol-5-one Chemical compound O=C1CC=NO1 QBWUTXXJFOIVME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002373 5 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000000660 7-membered heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ROFVEXUMMXZLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bipyridyl Chemical group N1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 ROFVEXUMMXZLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MISQWPGQCZYKHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C1=C(C=CC=C1)N(C1=CC=C(C3=CC=C(N4C5=C(C=CC=C5)C5=C(C=CC=C5)C5=C4C=CC=C5)C=C3)C=C1)C1=C2C=CC=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C1=C(C=CC=C1)N(C1=CC=C(C3=CC=C(N4C5=C(C=CC=C5)C5=C(C=CC=C5)C5=C4C=CC=C5)C=C3)C=C1)C1=C2C=CC=C1 MISQWPGQCZYKHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKMHHVOLDKPPSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1=CC=C(N2COC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C(N2COC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 JKMHHVOLDKPPSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLTILTVNUCYCQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1(C)CN(C2=CC=CC=C2)C2=CC=CC=C21 Chemical compound CC1(C)CN(C2=CC=CC=C2)C2=CC=CC=C21 BLTILTVNUCYCQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HXZDAMNLYDRNPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C2C(=C1)C(C)(C)CN2C Chemical compound CC1=CC=C2C(=C1)C(C)(C)CN2C HXZDAMNLYDRNPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DMBRCAQCBKKVGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN1C(=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=S)NC2=O)N(CC)C2=C1C=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C2 Chemical compound CCN1C(=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=S)NC2=O)N(CC)C2=C1C=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C2 DMBRCAQCBKKVGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZAMXBFISDKZPA-GHRIWEEISA-N CCN1C(=O)C(=C/C=C2/N(C)C3=C(C=CC=C3)C2(C)C)C(=O)N(CC)C1=S Chemical compound CCN1C(=O)C(=C/C=C2/N(C)C3=C(C=CC=C3)C2(C)C)C(=O)N(CC)C1=S XZAMXBFISDKZPA-GHRIWEEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGQPQISQYJNTFP-VBKFSLOCSA-N CCN1C(=O)C(=C/C=C2\OC3=C(C=CC=C3)N2CC)C(=O)N(CC)C1=S Chemical compound CCN1C(=O)C(=C/C=C2\OC3=C(C=CC=C3)N2CC)C(=O)N(CC)C1=S KGQPQISQYJNTFP-VBKFSLOCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQASVWKPXDLOLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN1C(=O)CC(=O)NC1=S Chemical compound CCN1C(=O)CC(=O)NC1=S ZQASVWKPXDLOLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMKVVHKHRNZREI-VQDQISGBSA-N CCN1C2=C(C=CC=C2)O/C1=C\C=C1/C(=O)N(C)C(=O)N(COC=O)C1=O Chemical compound CCN1C2=C(C=CC=C2)O/C1=C\C=C1/C(=O)N(C)C(=O)N(COC=O)C1=O ZMKVVHKHRNZREI-VQDQISGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRDSWFVDVBWVAT-WQLSENKSSA-N CCN1C2=C(C=CC=C2)O/C1=C\C=C1C(=O)NC(=S)NC1=O Chemical compound CCN1C2=C(C=CC=C2)O/C1=C\C=C1C(=O)NC(=S)NC1=O QRDSWFVDVBWVAT-WQLSENKSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AQLRGEWXNAKALO-GUFPOKFQSA-N CCN1C2=C(C=CC=C2)S/C1=C\C=C1\SC(=O)N(CC(=O)O)C1=O Chemical compound CCN1C2=C(C=CC=C2)S/C1=C\C=C1\SC(=O)N(CC(=O)O)C1=O AQLRGEWXNAKALO-GUFPOKFQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQNQOHDLTYFBHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN1CC=CC2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound CCN1CC=CC2=C1C=CC=C2 PQNQOHDLTYFBHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIGOJEZCIMANAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN1CN(CC)C2=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C21 Chemical compound CCN1CN(CC)C2=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C21 UIGOJEZCIMANAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RAXCPWHGTVRNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN1COC2=CC=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C=C21 Chemical compound CCN1COC2=CC=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C=C21 RAXCPWHGTVRNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPXQWLPWOROCFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN1CSC2=C3/C=C\C=C/C3=CC=C21 Chemical compound CCN1CSC2=C3/C=C\C=C/C3=CC=C21 LPXQWLPWOROCFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDVRRDCEDHOHFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1C(=O)CC(=O)N(CC(=O)O)C1=O Chemical compound CN1C(=O)CC(=O)N(CC(=O)O)C1=O KDVRRDCEDHOHFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUSFVWZINMLTED-UKTHLTGXSA-N CN1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C(C)(C)/C1=C\C=C1C(=O)NC(=S)NC1=O Chemical compound CN1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C(C)(C)/C1=C\C=C1C(=O)NC(=S)NC1=O PUSFVWZINMLTED-UKTHLTGXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000579895 Chlorostilbon Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010021143 Hypoxia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000000177 Indigofera tinctoria Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium ion Chemical compound [Mg+2] JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MECMQZBUZCGXQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1CC(=O)N(C2=CC=CC=C2)C(=O)N1 Chemical compound O=C1CC(=O)N(C2=CC=CC=C2)C(=O)N1 MECMQZBUZCGXQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910004727 OSO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- URLKBWYHVLBVBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Para-Xylene Chemical group CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 URLKBWYHVLBVBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010034972 Photosensitivity reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRCMAYZCPIVABH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinacridone Chemical compound N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=C1C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3NC1=C2 NRCMAYZCPIVABH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001047198 Scomberomorus semifasciatus Species 0.000 description 1
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium nitride Chemical compound [Ti]#N NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- LGYIZEAWJWWGFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,3]thiazolo[3,2-a]pyrimidine-5,7-dione Chemical compound O=C1CC(=O)N2C=CSC2=N1 LGYIZEAWJWWGFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHCLAFWTIXFWPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[V+5].[V+5] Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[V+5].[V+5] XHCLAFWTIXFWPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000999 acridine dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004656 alkyl sulfonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006598 aminocarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910021417 amorphous silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002490 anilino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthraquinone Natural products CCC(=O)c1c(O)c2C(=O)C3C(C=CC=C3O)C(=O)c2cc1CC(=O)OC PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001000 anthraquinone dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052787 antimony Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N antimony atom Chemical compound [Sb] WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004760 aramid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920003235 aromatic polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000005162 aryl oxy carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005135 aryl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004657 aryl sulfonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004646 arylidenes Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000656 azaniumyl group Chemical group [H][N+]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000987 azo dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- HFACYLZERDEVSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzidine Chemical class C1=CC(N)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 HFACYLZERDEVSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001602 bicycloalkyls Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005620 boronic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000012467 brownies Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LLCSWKVOHICRDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N buta-1,3-diyne Chemical group C#CC#C LLCSWKVOHICRDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CXKCTMHTOKXKQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium oxide Inorganic materials [Cd]=O CXKCTMHTOKXKQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFEAAQFZALKQPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium(2+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Cd+2] CFEAAQFZALKQPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001716 carbazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001722 carbon compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002057 carboxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)C([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000005018 casein Substances 0.000 description 1
- BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N casein, tech. Chemical compound NCCCCC(C(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CC(C)C)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(C(C)O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(COP(O)(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021240 caseins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005266 casting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930002875 chlorophyll Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019804 chlorophyll Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ATNHDLDRLWWWCB-AENOIHSZSA-M chlorophyll a Chemical compound C1([C@@H](C(=O)OC)C(=O)C2=C3C)=C2N2C3=CC(C(CC)=C3C)=[N+]4C3=CC3=C(C=C)C(C)=C5N3[Mg-2]42[N+]2=C1[C@@H](CCC(=O)OC\C=C(/C)CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@H](C)C2=C5 ATNHDLDRLWWWCB-AENOIHSZSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BQLSCAPEANVCOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromene-2,4-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(=O)CC(=O)C2=C1 BQLSCAPEANVCOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000428 cobalt oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IVMYJDGYRUAWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(ii) oxide Chemical compound [Co]=O IVMYJDGYRUAWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940125773 compound 10 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021419 crystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HJSLFCCWAKVHIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,3-dione Chemical compound O=C1CCCC(=O)C1 HJSLFCCWAKVHIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentadiene Chemical class C1C=CC=C1 ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002542 deteriorative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HTXDPTMKBJXEOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxoiridium Chemical compound O=[Ir]=O HTXDPTMKBJXEOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylmethane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CC1=CC=CC=C1 CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007598 dipping method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007772 electrode material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010976 emerald Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052876 emerald Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004705 ethylthio group Chemical group C(C)S* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- YLQWCDOCJODRMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoren-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 YLQWCDOCJODRMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002220 fluorenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008376 fluorenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- RBTKNAXYKSUFRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N heliogen blue Chemical compound [Cu].[N-]1C2=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C1N=C([N-]1)C3=CC=CC=C3C1=NC([N-]1)=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C1N=C([N-]1)C3=CC=CC=C3C1=N2 RBTKNAXYKSUFRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940083761 high-ceiling diuretics pyrazolone derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000717 hydrazino group Chemical group [H]N([*])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005462 imide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940097275 indigo Drugs 0.000 description 1
- COHYTHOBJLSHDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N indigo powder Natural products N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C1=C1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2N1 COHYTHOBJLSHDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001449 indium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002475 indoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LIRDJALZRPAZOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolin-3-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)CNC2=C1 LIRDJALZRPAZOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011810 insulating material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079865 intestinal antiinfectives imidazole derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000457 iridium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N jdtic Chemical compound C1([C@]2(C)CCN(C[C@@H]2C)C[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H]2NCC3=CC(O)=CC=C3C2)=CC=CC(O)=C1 ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000040 m-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C(=C1[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910001425 magnesium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000434 metal complex dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002488 metal-organic chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000476 molybdenum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021421 monocrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- ZQUVDXMUKIVNOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n'-diphenylmethanimidamide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1NC=NC1=CC=CC=C1 ZQUVDXMUKIVNOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229910000484 niobium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium(5+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Nb+5].[Nb+5] URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGLKJKCYBOYXKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonaoxidotritungsten Chemical compound O=[W]1(=O)O[W](=O)(=O)O[W](=O)(=O)O1 QGLKJKCYBOYXKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004866 oxadiazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N oxazine, 1 Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@H](C(C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)N(C)C)[C@H](O)C[C@]21C)=O)CC1=CC2)C[C@H]1[C@@]1(C)[C@H]2N=C(C(C)C)OC1 AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007978 oxazole derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQQKPALAQIIWST-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxomolybdenum Chemical compound [Mo]=O PQQKPALAQIIWST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001820 oxy group Chemical group [*:1]O[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- BPUBBGLMJRNUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);tantalum(5+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Ta+5].[Ta+5] BPUBBGLMJRNUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 1
- JZRYQZJSTWVBBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaporphyrin i Chemical compound N1C(C=C2NC(=CC3=NC(=C4)C=C3)C=C2)=CC=C1C=C1C=CC4=N1 JZRYQZJSTWVBBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGBWPZSGHAXYGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N perinone Chemical compound C12=NC3=CC=CC=C3N2C(=O)C2=CC=C3C4=C2C1=CC=C4C(=O)N1C2=CC=CC=C2N=C13 DGBWPZSGHAXYGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N peryrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=3C2=C2C=CC=3)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004986 phenylenediamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003356 phenylsulfanyl group Chemical group [*]SC1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005328 phosphinyl group Chemical group [PH2](=O)* 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonic acid group Chemical group P(O)(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001476 phosphono group Chemical group [H]OP(*)(=O)O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036211 photosensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001007 phthalocyanine dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000548 poly(silane) polymer Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920006122 polyamide resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004291 polyenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005990 polystyrene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000004032 porphyrins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JEXVQSWXXUJEMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazol-3-one Chemical class O=C1C=CN=N1 JEXVQSWXXUJEMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003217 pyrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DNTVKOMHCDKATN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazolidine-3,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1CC(=O)NN1 DNTVKOMHCDKATN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUPZMLLDXCWVKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-3-one Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C(=O)N=NC2=C1 TUPZMLLDXCWVKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005554 pyridyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005030 pyridylthio group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC=C1)S* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003233 pyrroles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LISFMEBWQUVKPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinolin-2-ol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(=O)C=CC2=C1 LISFMEBWQUVKPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoline yellow Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C3C(C4=CC=CC=C4C3=O)=O)=CC=C21 IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007261 regionalization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003377 silicon compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon monoxide Chemical compound [Si-]#[O+] LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002050 silicone resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003980 solgel method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003413 spiro compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940042055 systemic antimycotics triazole derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001936 tantalum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- QKTRRACPJVYJNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazolo[5,4-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CN=C2SN=NC2=C1 QKTRRACPJVYJNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002769 thiazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VOBWLFNYOWWARN-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophen-3-one Chemical compound O=C1CSC=C1 VOBWLFNYOWWARN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- ZLOBIZSLPMOPDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophene 1,1-dioxide Chemical compound O=S1(=O)[C]=CC=C1 ZLOBIZSLPMOPDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003577 thiophenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001432 tin ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QHGNHLZPVBIIPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin(ii) oxide Chemical class [Sn]=O QHGNHLZPVBIIPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000411 transmission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012780 transparent material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005259 triarylamine group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YWBFPKPWMSWWEA-UHFFFAOYSA-O triazolopyrimidine Chemical compound BrC1=CC=CC(C=2N=C3N=CN[N+]3=C(NCC=3C=CN=CC=3)C=2)=C1 YWBFPKPWMSWWEA-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- ODHXBMXNKOYIBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylamine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1N(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 ODHXBMXNKOYIBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAAQKTZKLRYKHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylmethane Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 AAAQKTZKLRYKHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004961 triphenylmethanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001930 tungsten oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001935 vanadium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013585 weight reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- YVTHLONGBIQYBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc indium(3+) oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O--].[Zn++].[In+3] YVTHLONGBIQYBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H01L51/44—
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B23/00—Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
- C09B23/10—The polymethine chain containing an even number of >CH- groups
- C09B23/105—The polymethine chain containing an even number of >CH- groups two >CH- groups
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K30/00—Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation
- H10K30/80—Constructional details
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L27/00—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
- H01L27/14—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
- H01L27/144—Devices controlled by radiation
- H01L27/146—Imager structures
- H01L27/14601—Structural or functional details thereof
- H01L27/14638—Structures specially adapted for transferring the charges across the imager perpendicular to the imaging plane
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L27/00—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
- H01L27/14—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
- H01L27/144—Devices controlled by radiation
- H01L27/146—Imager structures
- H01L27/14643—Photodiode arrays; MOS imagers
- H01L27/14645—Colour imagers
- H01L27/14647—Multicolour imagers having a stacked pixel-element structure, e.g. npn, npnpn or MQW elements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L31/00—Semiconductor devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
- H01L31/02—Details
- H01L31/0216—Coatings
- H01L31/02161—Coatings for devices characterised by at least one potential jump barrier or surface barrier
- H01L31/02162—Coatings for devices characterised by at least one potential jump barrier or surface barrier for filtering or shielding light, e.g. multicolour filters for photodetectors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L31/00—Semiconductor devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
- H01L31/08—Semiconductor devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof in which radiation controls flow of current through the device, e.g. photoresistors
- H01L31/10—Semiconductor devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof in which radiation controls flow of current through the device, e.g. photoresistors characterised by potential barriers, e.g. phototransistors
- H01L31/101—Devices sensitive to infrared, visible or ultraviolet radiation
- H01L31/102—Devices sensitive to infrared, visible or ultraviolet radiation characterised by only one potential barrier
- H01L31/103—Devices sensitive to infrared, visible or ultraviolet radiation characterised by only one potential barrier the potential barrier being of the PN homojunction type
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K39/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic radiation-sensitive element covered by group H10K30/00
- H10K39/30—Devices controlled by radiation
- H10K39/32—Organic image sensors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
- H10K85/649—Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
- H10K85/652—Cyanine dyes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K30/00—Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation
- H10K30/20—Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation comprising organic-organic junctions, e.g. donor-acceptor junctions
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K30/00—Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation
- H10K30/20—Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation comprising organic-organic junctions, e.g. donor-acceptor junctions
- H10K30/211—Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation comprising organic-organic junctions, e.g. donor-acceptor junctions comprising multiple junctions, e.g. double heterojunctions
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E10/00—Energy generation through renewable energy sources
- Y02E10/50—Photovoltaic [PV] energy
- Y02E10/549—Organic PV cells
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a photoelectric conversion device, an imaging device provided with a photoelectric conversion device, and a method for driving a photoelectric conversion device.
- solid-state imaging devices there is widely used a flat light-receiving device in which photoelectric conversion sites are two-dimensionally arrayed in a semiconductor to form a pixel, and a signal generated by photoelectric conversion in each pixel is charge-transferred and read out according to a CCD circuit or a CMOS circuit.
- photoelectric conversion sites those in which a photodiode part using PN junction is formed in a semiconductor such as Si are generally used.
- Patent Document 1 discloses a solid-state imaging device in which a plurality of photoelectric conversion parts are formed in a stacked structure in the depth direction of the semiconductor substrate while utilizing the wavelength dependency of a light absorption coefficient of Si, thereby separating colors by a difference in the depth of the respective photoelectric conversion parts.
- Patent Document 2 discloses an imaging device in which an organic photoelectric conversion layer is stacked above the semiconductor substrate.
- Patent Documents 3 and 4 disclose the use of a merocyanine dye as an organic material (semiconductor), but a problem regarding the photoselection still remains. In the case where the photoselection is low, a color mixing ratio as the device performance is deteriorated.
- photoelectric conversion devices of R light, G light, and B light have sensitivities of zero against G light and B light, R light and B light, and R light and G light, respectively.
- an R light photoelectric conversion device has sensitivity against G light and R light
- a G light photoelectric conversion device has sensitivity against R light and B light
- a B light photoelectric conversion device has sensitivity against R light and R light, respectively.
- the color mixing ratio is desirably low as far as possible.
- the color mixing ratio is high, since deviations of output signals of the actual devices are large relative to ideal RGB signals corresponding to object light, the color reproduction ability of object light is deteriorated. Accordingly, it is extremely important that the photoelectric conversion device has high photoselection, namely a low color mixing ratio.
- the R light, the G light, and the B light as referred to in this specification mean red light, green light, and blue light, respectively.
- organic photoelectric conversion devices selectively having spectral sensitivity to red light, green light, and blue light, respectively are required, and devices with more excellent photoselection, which are capable of exhibiting a low color mixing ratio, are demanded.
- An object of the invention is to provide a photoelectric conversion device exhibiting high photoelectric conversion efficiency (high sensitivity) and low dark current and having high photoselection against B light for the purpose of exhibiting a low color mixing ratio (within a range where an absorption maximum wavelength in a thin film absorption spectrum of the photoelectric conversion layer is from 400 to 520 nm), an imaging device provided with the subject photoelectric conversion device, and a method for driving the subject photoelectric conversion device.
- a photoelectric conversion device comprising a first electrode, an electron blocking layer, a photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye, a hole blocking layer, and a transparent electrode as a second electrode in this order, wherein an absorption maximum wavelength in a thin film absorption spectrum of the photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye falls within the range of from 400 to 520 nm.
- a 11 represents a heterocyclic ring
- n 1 represents an integer of from 0 to 2
- a 12 represents a heterocyclic ring containing an sp2 carbon atom and a carbon atom of a carbonyl group or a thiocarbonyl group
- each of R 11 and R 12 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
- B 1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
- a photoelectric conversion device exhibiting high photoelectric conversion efficiency (high sensitivity) and low dark current and having high photoselection, an imaging device provided with the subject photoelectric conversion device, and a method for driving the subject photoelectric conversion device are obtainable.
- FIG. 1A , FIG. 1B , and FIG. 1C is a schematic cross-sectional view of a photoelectric conversion device
- FIG. 1C is a schematic cross-sectional view of a photoelectric conversion device according to a first embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an imaging device according to a second embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an imaging device according to a third embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an imaging device according to a fourth embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic partial surface view of an imaging device according to a fifth embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an X-X line position of FIG. 5 .
- the photoelectric conversion device is a photoelectric conversion device comprising a first electrode, an electron blocking layer, a photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye, a hole blocking layer, and a transparent electrode as a second electrode in this order, wherein an absorption maximum wavelength in a thin film absorption spectrum of the photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye falls within the range of from 400 to 520 nm
- the photoelectric conversion layer according to the invention contains a merocyanine dye.
- An organic photoelectric conversion dye other than the merocyanine dye may be further contained.
- the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention may further comprise a photoelectric conversion layer containing an organic photoelectric conversion dye other than the merocyanine dye.
- coloring matters that are a compound having an HOMO level shallower than an HOMO level of a fullerene and an LUMO level shallower than an LUMO level of a fullerene and having an absorption peak in a visible region (wavelength: 400 nm to 700 nm) may be useful.
- Examples thereof include an arylidene compound, a squarylium compound, a coumarin compound, an azo based compound, a porphyrin compound, a quinacridone compound, an anthraquinone compound, a phthalocyanine compound, an indigo compound, and a diketopyrrolopyrole compound.
- the absorption maximum wavelength in a thin film absorption spectrum of the photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye falls within the range of from 400 to 520 nm, preferably from 400 to 510 nm, and especially preferably from 400 to 500 nm.
- the merocyanine dye which is used in the invention is not particularly limited so far as it may make the absorption maximum wavelength fall within the range of from 400 to 520 nm, it is preferably a dye represented by the following general formula (1).
- a 11 represents a heterocyclic ring
- n 1 represents an integer of from 0 to 2
- a 12 represents a heterocyclic ring containing an sp2 carbon atom and a carbon atom of a carbonyl group or a thiocarbonyl group
- each of R 11 and R 12 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
- B 1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
- n 1 represents an integer of from 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, and especially preferably 1.
- each R 11 and R 12 may be the same as or different from every other R 11 and R 12 .
- B 1 is preferably an oxygen atom.
- R 11 and R 12 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
- substituents represented by R 11 and R 12 the following can be independently exemplified as a substituent W.
- Examples of the substituent W include a halogen atom, an alkyl group (inclusive of a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, and a tricycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (inclusive of a cycloalkenyl group and a bicycloalkenyl group), an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a silyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, an oxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an amino group (inclusive of an anilino group), an ammonio group, an acylamino group,
- Each of R 11 and R 12 is independently preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a total carbon atom number of from 1 to 18 (more preferably from 1 to 4); more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, an oxycarbonyl group, an acylamino group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfinyl group, a phosphoryl group, a cyano group, an imino group, a halogen atom, a silyl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group; still more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl
- R 11 and R 12 may independently further have a substituent.
- Examples of the further substituent include those exemplified above for the substituent W.
- R 11 and R 12 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
- Preferred examples of the ring to be formed include a cyclohexene ring, a cyclopentene ring, a benzene ring, and a thiophene ring.
- a 11 represents a heterocyclic ring, preferably a 6-membered heterocyclic ring, and more preferably a heterocyclic ring containing at least one nitrogen atom.
- a 11 is a divalent substituent in the structure of the general formula (1).
- a pyrrole ring an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a selenazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, an indolizine ring, an indole ring, a quinolidine ring, a quinoline ring, a phthalazine ring, a naphthylidine ring, a quinoxaline ring, a quinoxazoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a phenanthridine ring, an acridine ring, a phenanthroline ring, a phenazine ring, and aromatic condensed ring structures thereof are preferable.
- a more preferred ring structure is represented by the following general formula (2).
- Z 21 represents an atomic group for forming a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring
- R 21 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
- each of L 21 and L 22 represents a methine group
- p 2 represents an integer of 0 or 1
- : represents a substitution position in the general formula (1).
- Examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring formed by Z 21 include those exemplified above for Hw.
- Preferred examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include an oxazole ring having a carbon atom number (hereinafter referring to a total sum of carbon atoms constituting the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring and carbon numbers of a substituent substituting on the ring) of from 3 to 25 (for example, 2-3-methyloxazolyl, 2-3-ethyloxazolyl, 2-3-sulfopropyloxazolyl, 2-6-dimethylamino-3-methylbenzoxazolyl, 2-3-ethylbenzoxazolyl, 2-3-sulfopropyl- ⁇ -naphthoxazolyl, 2-3-ethyl- ⁇ -naphthoxazolyl, 2-3-methyl- ⁇ -naphthoxazolyl, 2-3-sulfopropyl- ⁇ -naphthoxazoly
- thiazoline ring examples thereof include a thiazoline ring, an oxazoline ring, a selenazoline ring, a tellurazoline ring, a tellurazole ring, a benzotellurazole ring, an imidazoline ring, an imidazo[4,5-quinoxaline] ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, an indolizine ring, an indole ring, a quinolizine ring, a phthalazine ring, a naphthylidine ring, a quinoxaline ring, an quinoxazoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a phenanthridine ring, an acridine ring, a phenanthroline ring, and
- Such a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may have a substituent, and preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkynyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a mercapto group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphonic acid group, an acyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamoyl group, an acylamino group, an imino group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and carbamoylamino group.
- an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkoxy group, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamoyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group are more preferable.
- the heterocyclic ring may be further condensed with another ring.
- Preferred examples of the ring with which the heterocyclic ring is condensed include a benzene ring, a benzofuran ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrrole ring, an indole ring, and a thiophene ring.
- the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferably an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyridine ring, a quinoline ring, or a 3,3-di-substituted indolenine ring.
- R 21 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having a carbon atom number of from 1 to 20, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, benzyl, 3-sulfopropyl, 4-sulfobutyl, 3-methyl-3-sulfopropyl, 2′-sulfobenzyl, carboxymethyl, and 5-carboxypentyl), an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having a carbon atom number of from 2 to 20, for example, vinyl and allyl), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having a carbon atom number of from 6 to 20, for example, phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, and 1-naphthyl), or a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having a carbon
- Each of L 21 and L 22 independently represents a methine group which may have a substituent (preferred examples of the substituent are the same as those exemplified above for the substituent W).
- Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a nitro group, a heterocyclic group, an aryloxy group, an acylamino group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkylthio group, and a cyano group.
- the substituent is more preferably an alkyl group.
- Each of L 21 and L 22 is preferably an unsubstituted methine group or a methine group substituted with an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon atom number of from 1 to 6), and more preferably an unsubstituted methine group.
- p 2 represents an integer of 0 or 1, and preferably 0.
- Preferred examples of the structure of the foregoing general formula (2) include the following H-1 to H-13.
- each of W 1 to W 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; each of R 101 to R 121 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; each of m 1 to m 4 represents an integer of from 0 to 4; each of m 5 to m 13 represents an integer of from 0 to 6; and when each of m 1 to m 13 is 2 or more, then each of W 1 to W 13 may be the same as or different from every other W 1 to W 13 .
- the substituent represented by each of W 1 to W 13 is a monovalent substituent, preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylamino group, a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, an oxycarbonyl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- a total carbon atom umber thereof is preferably from 1 to 18, and more preferably from 1 to 6.
- the substituent represented by each of W 1 to W 13 is especially preferably a halogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group.
- a number of substituents represented by each of W 1 to W 13 is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
- Each of the substituents represented by R 101 to R 121 can be independently selected from those exemplified above for the substituent W and is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and especially preferably an alkyl group.
- a total carbon atom umber thereof is preferably from 1 to 18, more preferably from 1 to 6, and still more preferably from 1 to 4.
- the substituent represented by each of R 101 to R 121 is especially preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group.
- a 12 represents a heterocyclic ring containing an sp2 carbon atom and a carbon atom of a carbonyl group or a thiocarbonyl group.
- the heterocyclic group represented by A 12 may be any heterocyclic group, it is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring, and more preferably a 6-membered heterocyclic ring.
- a 12 is preferably an acidic nucleus of the merocyanine dye.
- the acidic nucleus as referred to herein is, for example, described in James ed., The Theory of the Photographic Process, 4 th Edition , Macmillan Publishing Co., 1977, pages 197 to 200.
- examples of the acidic nucleus include those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,567,719, 3,575,869, 3,804,634, 3,837,862, 4,002,480, and 4,925,777, JP-A-3-167549, and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,994,051 and 5,747,236.
- the acidic nucleus is preferably a heterocyclic ring composed of carbon, nitrogen, and/or a chalcogen (typically oxygen, sulfur, selenium, and tellurium) atom (preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring), and more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring composed of carbon, nitrogen, and/or a chalcogen (typically oxygen, sulfur, selenium, and tellurium) atom.
- a chalcogen typically oxygen, sulfur, selenium, and tellurium
- examples of the acidic nucleus include the following nuclei.
- Examples of the acidic nucleus include nuclei of 2-pyrazolin-5-one, pyrazolidine-3,5-dione, imidazolin-5-one, hydantoin, 2- or 4-thiohydantoin, 2-iminooxazolidin-4-one, 2-oxazolin-5-one, 2-thiooxazolidine-2,5-dione, 2-thiooxazoline-2,4-dione, isooxazolin-5-one, 2-thiazolin-4-one, thiazolidin-4-one, thiazolidine-2,4-dione, rhodanine, thiazolidine-2,4-dione, isorhodanine, indane-1,3-dione, thiophen-3-one, thiophen-3-one-1,1-dioxide, indolin-2-one, indolin-3-one, 2-oxoindazolinium, 3-oxoindazolinium,
- Such an acidic nucleus may be condensed with a ring or may be substituted with a substituent (for example, those exemplified above for W).
- a 12 is more preferably hydantoin, 2- or 4-thiohydantoin, 2-oxazolin-5-one, 2-thiooxazoline-2,4-dione, thiazolidine-2,4-dione, rhodanine, thiazolidine-2,4-dithione, barbituric acid, or 2-thiobarbituric acid, especially preferably hydantoin, 2- or 4-thiohydantoin, 2-oxazolin-5-one, rhodanine, barbituric acid, or 2-thiobarbituric acid, and most preferably 2-thiobarbituric acid.
- a 12 represents an atomic group capable of constituting a heterocyclic ring containing a thiocarbonyl group, preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring, and especially preferably a 6-membered ring.
- a 12 is especially preferably thiobarbituric acid.
- the compound represented by the general formula (1) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
- a 31 represents a heterocyclic ring; each of R 31 and R 32 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; n 3 represents an integer of from 0 to 2; each of R 33 , R 34 , and R 35 independently represents a divalent group capable of constituting a heterocyclic group which will become a 6-membered ring; and B 3 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
- a 31 , R 31 , R 32 , n 3 , and B 3 are synonymous with A 11 , R 11 , R 12 , n 1 , and B 1 in the general formula (1), respectively, and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
- each of R 33 , R 34 , and R 35 independently represents a divalent group capable of constituting a heterocyclic group which will become a 6-membered ring and represents a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, a methylene group, a methine group, or an imino group (N—R 36 ), and preferably a carbonyl group or an imino group.
- R 36 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having a carbon atom number of from 1 to 12, an aryl group having a carbon atom number of from 6 to 12, or a heterocyclic group having a carbon atom number of from 2 to 12, and especially preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having a carbon atom number of from 1 to 6, and an aryl group having a carbon atom number of from 6 to 10.
- R 33 represents a carbonyl group
- each of R 34 and R 35 represents an imino group.
- each of R 34 and R 35 may be further condensed with a ring structure.
- the compound according to the invention is a known compound such as usual merocyanine dyes, and these dye compounds can be synthesized by reference to dye documents regarding methine dyes as described later, and the like.
- An absorption maximum wavelength of the merocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) in a solution state (chloroform solution) in a visible region preferably falls within the range of from 400 to 500 nm.
- the use of the merocyanine dye having an absorption maximum wavelength falling within the foregoing range is preferable because the photoselection against B light increases, and the color mixing ratio of G light against B light is lowered, so that an imaging device with high color reproducibility can be constituted.
- a compound having a ⁇ -conjugated electron is preferably used as for the organic compound which is used for the photoelectric conversion layer. It is preferable that this n-electron plane is not vertical to a substrate (electrode substrate) and is oriented at an angle close to parallel to the substrate as far as possible.
- the angle against the substrate is preferably 0° or more and not more than 80°, more preferably 0° or more and not more than 60°, still more preferably 0° or more and not more than 40°, yet still more preferably 0° or more and not more than 20°, especially preferably 0° or more and not more than 10°, and most preferably 0° (namely, in parallel to the substrate).
- a dye satisfying such a requirement is the foregoing merocyanine dye.
- a color photoelectric conversion device in which BGR photoelectric conversion layers with good color reproducibility, namely three layers inclusive of a blue photoelectric conversion layer, a green photoelectric conversion layer, and a red photoelectric conversion layer, are stacked can be preferably used.
- the photoelectric conversion layer according to the invention all of BGR photoelectric conversion layers can be fabricated by selecting a material to be used. However, it is preferable to use the compound represented by the foregoing general formula (1) for a blue photoelectric conversion layer.
- the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably used as an organic p-type semiconductor.
- the photoelectric conversion layer preferably contains an organic p-type semiconductor (compound) and an organic n-type semiconductor (compound), and these may be any compound.
- an organic p-type semiconductor compound
- an organic n-type semiconductor compound
- these may be any compound.
- such a compound may or may not have absorption in visible and infrared regions, the case of using at least one compound (organic dye) having absorption in a visible region is preferable.
- colorless p-type compound and n-type compound may be used, and an organic dye may be added thereto.
- the organic p-type semiconductor (compound) is an organic semiconductor (compound) having donor properties and refers to an organic compound which is mainly represented by a hole transporting organic compound and which has such properties that it is liable to provide an electron.
- the organic p-type semiconductor (compound) refers to an organic compound having a smaller ionization potential in two organic materials when they are brought into contact with each other and used. Accordingly, as for the organic compound having donor properties, any organic compound may be used so far as it is an electron donating organic compound.
- Useful examples thereof include triarylamine compounds, benzidine compounds, pyrazoline compounds, styrylamine compounds, hydrazone compounds, triphenylmethane compounds, carbazole compounds, polysilane compounds, thiophene compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, cyanine compounds, merocyanine compounds, oxonol compounds, polyamine compounds, indole compounds, pyrrole compounds, pyrazole compounds, polyarylene compounds, condensed aromatic carbocyclic compounds (for example, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene derivatives, phenanthrene derivatives, tetracene derivatives, pyrene derivatives, perylene derivatives, and fluoranthene derivatives), and metal complexes having, as a ligand, a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound.
- triarylamine compounds for example, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene derivatives, phenanthrene derivatives, tetracene derivatives,
- the invention is not limited to these compounds, and as described above, an organic compound having a smaller ionization potential than that of an organic compound to be used as an n-type compound (having acceptor properties) may be used as the organic semiconductor having donor properties.
- the organic n-type semiconductor (compound) is an organic semiconductor (compound) having acceptor properties and refers to an organic compound which is mainly represented by an electron transporting organic compound and which has such properties that it is liable to accept an electron.
- the organic n-type semiconductor (compound) refers to an organic compound having a larger electron affinity in two organic compounds when they are brought into contact with each other and used. Accordingly, as for the organic compound having acceptor properties, any organic compound can be used so far as it is an electron accepting organic compound.
- condensed aromatic carbocyclic compounds for example, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene derivatives, phenanthrene derivatives, tetracene derivatives, pyrene derivatives, perylene derivatives, and fluoranthene derivatives
- 5-membered to 7-membered heterocyclic compounds containing a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom for example, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, triazine, quinoline, quinoxaline, quinazoline, phthalazine, cinnoline, isoquinoline, pteridine, acridine, phenazine, phenanthroline, tetrazole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiazole, oxazole, indazole, benzimidazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, carbazole
- any organic dye may be used as the organic dye to be used for the photoelectric conversion layer, the case of using a p-type organic dye or an n-type organic dye is preferable.
- any organic dye may be used as the organic dye, preferred examples thereof include cyanine dyes, styryl dyes, hemicyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes (inclusive of zeromethinemerocyanine (simple merocyanine)), trinuclear merocyanine dyes, tetranuclear merocyanine dyes, rhodacyanine dyes, complex cyanine dyes, complex merocyanine dyes, alopolar dyes, oxonol dyes, hemioxonol dyes, squarylium dyes, croconium dyes, azamethine dyes, coumarin dyes, arylidene dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, azo dye
- a methine dye having a high degree of freedom for the adjustment of absorption wavelength such as cyanine dyes, styryl dyes, hemicyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, trinuclear merocyanine dyes, tetranuclear merocyanine dyes, rhodacyanine dyes, complex cyanine dyes, complex merocyanine dyes, alopolar dyes, oxonol dyes, hemioxonol dyes, squarylium dyes, croconium dyes, and azamethine dyes, gives adaptability to the wavelength.
- cyanine dyes such as cyanine dyes, styryl dyes, hemicyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, trinuclear merocyanine dyes, tetranuclear merocyanine dyes, rhodacyanine dyes, complex cyanine dyes, complex merocyan
- dyes described in Research Disclosure (RD ) 17643, pages 23 to 24 ; RD 18716, page 648, right-hand column to page 649, right-hand column; RD 308119, page 996, right-hand column to page 998, right-hand column; and European Patent No. 0565096A1, page 65, lines 7 to 10 can be preferably used.
- dyes having a partial structure or a structure represented by a general formula or a specific example as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,747,236 (in particular, pages 30 to 39), U.S. Pat. No. 5,994,051 (in particular, pages 32 to 43), and U.S. Pat. No.
- the metal complex compound is a metal complex having a ligand containing at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as coordinated to a metal.
- a metal ion in the metal complex is not particularly limited, it is preferably a beryllium ion, a magnesium ion, an aluminum ion, a gallium ion, a zinc ion, an indium ion, or a tin ion; more preferably a beryllium ion, an aluminum ion, a gallium ion, or a zinc ion; and still more preferably an aluminum ion or a zinc ion.
- the ligand which is contained in the metal complex there are enumerated various known ligands. Examples thereof include ligands described in H. Yersin, Photochemistry and Photophysics of Coordination Compounds , Springer-Verlag, 1987; and Akio Yamamoto, Organometallic Chemistry—Principles and Applications , Shokabo Publishing Co., Ltd., 1982.
- the foregoing ligand is preferably a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand (having preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon atom number of from 2 to 20, and especially preferably a carbon atom number of from 3 to 15, which may be a monodentate ligand or a bidentate or polydentate ligand, with a bidentate ligand being preferable; and examples of which include a pyridine ligand, a bipyridyl ligand, a quinolinol ligand, and a hydroxyphenylazole ligand (for example, a hydroxyphenylbenzimidazole ligand, a hydroxyphenylbenzoxazole ligand, and a hydroxyphenylimidazole ligand), an alkoxy ligand (having preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 20, and especially preferably a carbon atom number of
- the photoelectric conversion layer having a layer of a p-type semiconductor and a layer of an n-type semiconductor (preferably a mixed or dispersed (bulk heterojunction structure) layer) between a pair of electrodes
- a photoelectric conversion layer which is characterized by containing an orientation-controlled organic compound in at least one of the p-type semiconductor and the n-type semiconductor is preferable.
- a layer containing such an organic compound is deposited by a dry deposition method or a wet deposition method.
- the dry deposition method include physical vapor deposition methods such as a vacuum vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, an ion plating method, and an MBE method, and CVD methods such as plasma polymerization.
- the wet deposition method include a casting method, a spin coating method, a dipping method, and an LB method.
- the deposition is achieved by a wet deposition method which is easy for the fabrication.
- a dry deposition method such as vapor deposition
- the use of a polymer compound is difficult because of possible occurrence of decomposition. Accordingly, its oligomer can be preferably used as a replacement.
- a dry deposition method is preferably adopted, and a vacuum vapor deposition method is especially preferably adopted.
- a vacuum vapor deposition method a method for heating a compound such as a resistance heating vapor deposition method and an electron beam heating vapor deposition method, the shape of a vapor deposition source such as a crucible and a boat, a degree of vacuum, a vapor deposition temperature, a substrate temperature, a vapor deposition rate, and the like are a basic parameter.
- the vapor deposition is carried out while rotating the substrate. A high degree of vacuum is preferable.
- the vacuum vapor deposition is carried out at a degree of vacuum of not more than 10 ⁇ 4 Ton, preferably not more than 10 ⁇ 6 Torr, and especially preferably not more than 10 ⁇ 8 Torr. It is preferable that all steps at the time of vapor deposition are carried out in vacuo. Basically, the vacuum vapor position is carried out in such a manner that the compound does not come into direct contact with the external oxygen and moisture.
- the foregoing condition of the vacuum vapor deposition is required to be strictly controlled because it affects crystallinity, amorphous properties, density, compactness, and the like of the organic layer. It is preferably employed to subject the vapor deposition rate to PI or PID control using a layer thickness monitor such as a quartz oscillator and an interferometer. In the case of vapor depositing two or more kinds of compounds at the same time, a co-vapor deposition method, a flash vapor deposition method, and the like can be preferably adopted.
- the layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer in the invention is preferably 30 nm or more and not more than 400 nm, more preferably 50 nm or more and not more than 300 nm, especially preferably 80 nm or more and not more than 250 nm, and most preferably 100 nm or more and not more than 200 nm.
- the case of impressing voltage to the photoelectric conversion layer according to the invention is preferable in view of enhancing the photoelectric conversion efficiency.
- any voltage may be useful as the voltage to be impressed, necessary voltage varies with the layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer. That is, the larger an electric field to be added in the photoelectric conversion layer, the more enhanced the photoelectric conversion efficiency is. However, even when the same voltage is impressed, the thinner the layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer, the larger the electric field to be added is. Accordingly, in the case where the layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion film is thin, the voltage to be impressed may be relatively small.
- the electric field to be impressed to the photoelectric conversion layer is preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 V/cm or more, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 V/cm or more, still more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 3 V/cm or more, especially preferably 1 ⁇ 10 4 V/cm or more, and most preferably 1 ⁇ 10 5 V/cm or more.
- the electric field is preferably not more than 1 ⁇ 10 10 V/cm, and more preferably not more than 1 ⁇ 10 7 V/cm.
- the photoelectric conversion device has preferably a configuration in which at least two layers are stacked, more preferably a configuration in which three layers or four layers are stacked, and especially preferably a configuration in which three layers are stacked.
- at least one layer is a photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye.
- such a photoelectric conversion device can be preferably used as an imaging device, and especially preferably as a solid-sate imaging device.
- the case where voltage is impressed to the photoelectric conversion layer, the photoelectric conversion device, or the imaging device is preferable.
- the photoelectric conversion device in the invention has a photoelectric conversion layer having a stacked structure in which a layer of the p-type semiconductor and a layer of the n-type semiconductor are disposed between a pair of electrodes is preferable.
- the case where at least one of the p-type semiconductor and the n-type semiconductor contains an organic compound is preferable; and the case where both the p-type semiconductor and the n-type semiconductor contain an organic compound is more preferable.
- the case containing a photoelectric conversion layer (photosensitive layer) having a p-type semiconductor layer and an n-type semiconductor layer between a pair of electrodes, with at least one of the p-type semiconductor layer and the n-type semiconductor layer being an organic semiconductor, and a bulk heterojunction structure layer containing the p-type semiconductor and the n-type semiconductor as an interlayer between these semiconductor layers is preferable.
- a photoelectric conversion layer photosensitive layer having a p-type semiconductor layer and an n-type semiconductor layer between a pair of electrodes, with at least one of the p-type semiconductor layer and the n-type semiconductor layer being an organic semiconductor
- a bulk heterojunction structure layer containing the p-type semiconductor and the n-type semiconductor as an interlayer between these semiconductor layers is preferable.
- the case containing a photoelectric conversion layer (photosensitive layer) having a structure having the number of a repeating structure (tandem structure) of a pn junction layer formed of the p-type semiconductor layer and the n-type semiconductor layer between a pair of electrodes of 2 or more is preferable.
- a thin layer made of an electrically conductive material may be inserted between the foregoing repeating structures.
- the electrically conductive material is preferably silver or gold, and most preferably silver.
- the number of the repeating structure (tandem structure) of a pn junction layer may be any number.
- the number of the repeating structure (tandem structure) of a pn junction layer is preferably 2 or more and not more than 100, more preferably 2 or more and not more than 50, especially preferably 5 or more and not more than 40, and most preferably 10 or more and not more than 30.
- the semiconductor having a tandem structure may be made of an inorganic material, it is preferably an organic semiconductor, and more preferably an organic dye.
- tandem structure is described in detail in JP-A-2005-303266.
- the stacked imaging device is not particularly limited, and all stacked imaging devices which are used in this field are applicable. However, a BGR three-layer stacked structure is preferable.
- the solid-state imaging device according to the invention has a photoelectric conversion layer shown in the present embodiment. Then, the solid-state imaging device is provided with a stack type photoelectric conversion layer on a scanning circuit part.
- a configuration in which an MOS transistor is formed on a semiconductor substrate for every pixel unit or a configuration having CCD as an imaging device can be properly adopted.
- a charge is generated in a photoelectric conversion layer by incident light which has transmitted through electrodes; the charge runs to the electrodes within the photoelectric conversion layer by an electric field generated between the electrodes by impressing voltage to the electrodes; and the charge is further transferred to a charge accumulating part of the MOS transistor and accumulated in the charge accumulating part.
- the charge accumulated in the charge accumulating part is transferred to a charge read-out part by switching of the MOS transistor and further outputted as an electric signal.
- full-color image signals are inputted in a solid-state imaging apparatus including a signal processing part.
- solid color imaging devices represented by those described in FIG. 2 of JP-A-58-103165 and in FIG. 2 of JP-A-58-103166 and the like can also be applied.
- the photoelectric conversion device of a preferred embodiment of the invention is hereunder described.
- the photoelectric conversion device is preferably comprised of an electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site and a charge accumulation of charge generated by photoelectric conversion/transfer/read-out site.
- the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site has a stack type structure made of at least two layers, which is capable of at least absorbing each of blue light, green light, and red light and undergoing photoelectric conversion.
- a blue light photoelectric conversion layer (absorbing layer) (B) is able to absorb at least light of 400 nm or more and not more than 500 nm and preferably has an absorptance of a peak wavelength in that wavelength region of 50% or more.
- a green light photoelectric conversion layer (absorbing layer) (G) is able to absorb at least light of 500 nm or more and not more than 600 nm and preferably has an absorptance of a peak wavelength in that wavelength region of 50% or more.
- a red light photoelectric conversion layer (absorbing layer) (R) is able to absorb at least light of 600 nm or more and not more than 700 nm and preferably has an absorptance of a peak wavelength in that wavelength region of 50% or more.
- the order of these layers is not limited. In the case of a three-layer stack type structure, orders of BGR, BRG, GBR, GRB, RBG and RGB from the upper layer (light incident side) are possible. It is preferable that the uppermost layer is G.
- BG layers are formed as the lower layer in the same planar state
- GR layers are formed as the lower layer in the same planar state
- BR layers are formed as the lower layer in the same planar state.
- the upper layer is formed of a G layer
- the lower layer is formed of BR layers in the same planar state.
- a filter layer capable of undergoing color separation is provided in, for example, a mosaic state on the upper layer or between the upper layer and the lower layer. Under some circumstances, it is possible to provide a fourth or polynomial layer as a new layer or in the same planar state.
- the charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site is provided under the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site. It is preferable that the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site which is the lower layer also serves as the charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site.
- the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site is made of an organic layer or an inorganic layer or a mixture of an organic layer and an inorganic layer.
- the organic layer may form B/G/R layers, or the inorganic layer may form B/G/R layers.
- the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site is made of a mixture of an organic layer and an inorganic layer.
- the inorganic layer is made of a single layer or two layers; and when the organic layer is made of two layers, the inorganic layer is made of a single layer.
- the inorganic layer forms electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites of two or more colors in the same planar state.
- the upper layer is made of an organic layer and constituted of a G layer
- the lower layer is made of an inorganic layer and constituted of a B layer and an R layer in this order from the upper side.
- a fourth or polynomial layer is provided thereunder.
- this inorganic layer also serves as the charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site.
- the preferred embodiment is the case having at least two electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites, with at least one site thereof being the photoelectric conversion device (imaging device) according to the invention.
- the case of a device in which at least two electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites have a stack type structure of at least two layers is preferable. Furthermore, the case where the upper layer is made of a site capable of absorbing green light and undergoing photoelectric conversion is preferable.
- the case having at least three electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites, with at least one site thereof being the photoelectric conversion device (imaging device) according to the invention is especially preferable.
- the case of a device in which the upper layer is made of a site capable of absorbing green light and undergoing photoelectric conversion is preferable. Furthermore, the case where at least two electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites of the three sites are made of an inorganic layer (which is preferably formed within a silicon substrate) is preferable.
- the hole blocking layer is required to make light incident into the photoelectric conversion layer, it is constituted of a material which is transparent against light of from a visible region to an infrared region.
- the hole blocking layer has a function to suppress the injection of a hole from the upper electrode to the photoelectric conversion layer.
- the hole blocking layer is required to bring about a function to transport an electron generated in the photoelectric conversion layer into the upper electrode.
- the hole blocking layer may be provided between the photoelectric conversion layer and the lower electrode.
- the photoelectric conversion layer is damaged at the time of depositing an upper electrode, an organic material constituting the photoelectric conversion layer and a material of the upper electrode cause an interaction, or a localized level is newly formed at the interface between the photoelectric conversion layer and the upper electrode.
- the hole blocking layer prevents occurrence of an increase of dark current to be caused by the promotion of hole injection from the upper electrode via this localized level, and it is preferable that the hole blocking layer is constituted of a stable inorganic material which hardly causes an interaction with either one or both of the material of the photoelectric conversion layer and the material of the upper electrode.
- the hole blocking layer is amorphous.
- the hole blocking layer is preferably made of a material capable of being deposited by a physical vapor deposition method from which it can be fabricated consistently together with the photoelectric conversion layer and the upper electrode under a vacuum condition, such as a vacuum vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, an ion plating method, and a molecular beam epitaxy method.
- the hole blocking layer preferably contains an inorganic material.
- Examples of the inorganic material which satisfies the foregoing requirements include oxides. Specific examples thereof include aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, manganese oxide, iron oxide, cobalt oxide, zinc oxide, niobium oxide, molybdenum oxide, cadmium oxide, indium oxide, tin oxide, barium oxide, tantalum oxide, tungsten oxide, and iridium oxide. Such an oxide is more preferably an oxide which is shorter in oxygen than a fixed ratio composition (stoichiometric composition) because the electron transporting properties are increased.
- the hole blocking layer constituted of such an inorganic material between the photoelectric conversion layer and the upper electrode for collecting an electron, it is possible to realize an organic photoelectric conversion device which suppresses the hole injection from the upper electrode to reduce a dark current and from which a high SN ratio is obtained, without reducing the external quantum efficiency.
- a thickness of the hole blocking layer is preferably 5 nm or more and not more than 200 nm, more preferably 10 nm or more and not more than 150 nm, and especially preferably 20 nm or more and not more than 100 nm.
- an electron donating organic material can be used, and it preferably contains an organic electron blocking material.
- a low molecular weight material which can be used include aromatic diamine compounds such as N,N′-bis(3-methylphenyl)-(1,1′-biphenyl)-4,4′-diamine (TPD) and 4,4′-bis[N-(naphthyl)-N-phenyl-amino]biphenyl ( ⁇ -NPD), oxazole, oxadiazole, triazole, imidazole, imidazolone, stilbene derivatives, pyrazoline derivatives, tetrahydroimidazole, polyarylalkanes, butadiene, 4,4′,4′′-tris(N-(3-methylphenyl)-N-phenylamino)triphenylamine (m-MTDATA), porphyrin compounds such as porphine, tetraphenylporphine
- TPD N,N′
- Examples of a polymer material which can be used include polymers of, for example, phenylenevinylene, fluorene, carbazole, indole, pyrene, pyrrole, picoline, thiophene, acetylene, diacetylene, or the like, and derivatives of these polymers. It is also possible to use even a compound which is not an electron donating compound but has sufficient hole transporting properties.
- a thickness of the electron blocking layer is preferably 10 nm or more and not more than 300 nm, more preferably 30 nm or more and not more than 200 nm, and especially preferably 50 nm or more and not more than 150 nm. This is because when this thickness is too thin, the effect for suppressing a dark current is lowered, whereas when it is too thick, the photoelectric conversion efficiency is lowered.
- specific examples of a compound which is preferable as the electron blocking material include Compounds (1) to (16) described in JP-A-2007-59517, paragraphs [0036] to [0037], TPD, and m-MTDATA.
- the photoelectric conversion device of the invention includes a first electrode, an electron blocking layer, a photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye, a hole blocking layer, and a transparent electrode that is a second electrode in this order.
- the first electrode and the second electrode form a counter electrode to each other.
- a lower layer is a pixel electrode.
- the first electrode collects a hole from the hole transporting photoelectric conversion layer or the hole transporting layer, and it is made of a material for which a metal, an alloy, a metal oxide, an electrically conductive compound, or a mixture thereof can be used.
- the first electrode is preferably a transparent electrode. It is preferable that the transparent electrode that is the second electrode collects an electron from the electron transporting photoelectric conversion layer or the electron transporting layer and is selected taking into consideration adhesiveness to or electron affinity with an adjacent layer such as the electron transporting photoelectric conversion layer and the electron transporting layer, ionization potential, stability, and the like.
- tin oxides doped with antimony, fluorine, or the like for example, ATO and FTO
- electrically conductive metal oxides such as tin oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide, and indium tin oxide (ITO)
- metals such as gold, silver, chromium, and nickel, mixtures or stacks of such a metal and such an electrically conductive oxide
- inorganic electrically conductive substances such as copper iodide and copper sulfide
- organic electrically conductive materials such as polyaniline, polythiophene, and polypyrrole, and stacks of a silicon compound and the foregoing material with ITO.
- the layer thickness can be properly selected depending upon the material, in general, when the electrically conductive layer is made thinner than a certain range, an abrupt increase of resistivity value is brought.
- the layer thickness is preferably a range of 1 nm or more and not more than 1 ⁇ m, more preferably a range of 3 nm or more and not more than 300 nm, and still more preferably a range of 5 nm or more and not more than 100 nm.
- a sheet resistance of the electrode is preferably from 100 to 10,000 ⁇ / ⁇ .
- the method can be selected taking into consideration the adaptability to the electrode material.
- the pixel electrode and the counter electrode can be formed by a wet system such as a printing system and a coating system, a physical system such as a vacuum vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, and an ion plating method, or a chemical system such as a CVD method and a plasma CVD method.
- the layer is formed by a method such as an electron beam method, a sputtering method, a resistance heating vapor deposition method, a chemical reaction method (for example, a sol-gel method), and coating of a dispersion of indium tin oxide.
- a UV-ozone treatment, a plasma treatment, or the like can be applied.
- the transparent electrode layer is fabricated in a plasma-free state.
- the plasma-free state as referred to herein means a state where a plasma is not generated during the deposition of a transparent electrode layer, or a distance from a plasma generation source to the substrate is 2 cm or more, preferably 10 cm or more, and still more preferably 20 cm or more, thereby reducing the plasma reaching the substrate.
- Examples of a device in which plasma is not generated during the deposition of a transparent electrode layer include an electron beam vapor deposition apparatus (EB vapor deposition apparatus) and a pulse laser vapor deposition apparatus.
- EB vapor deposition apparatus electron beam vapor deposition apparatus
- pulse laser vapor deposition apparatus apparatuses described in Developments of Transparent Conducting Films , supervised by Yutaka Sawada (published by CMC Publishing Co., Ltd., 1999); Developments of Transparent Conducting Films II , supervised by Yutaka Sawada (published by CMC Publishing Co., Ltd., 2002); Technologies of Transparent Conducting Films , written by Japan Society for the Promotion of Science (published by Ohmsha, Ltd., 1999); and references as added therein can be used.
- the method for achieving deposition of a transparent electrode layer using an EB vapor deposition apparatus is referred to as “EB vapor deposition method”; and the method for achieving deposition of a transparent electrode layer using a pulse laser vapor deposition apparatus is referred to as “pulse laser vapor deposition method”.
- EB vapor deposition method the method for achieving deposition of a transparent electrode layer using a pulse laser vapor deposition apparatus
- pulse laser vapor deposition method the apparatus capable of realizing the state where a distance from the plasma generation source to the substrate is 2 cm or more, and the plasma reaching the substrate is reduced
- plasma-free deposition apparatus for example, a counter target type sputtering apparatus and an arc plasma vapor deposition method may be thought.
- the electrode of the organic electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site according to the invention is hereunder described in more detail.
- the photoelectric conversion layer of an organic layer is interposed between a pixel electrode layer and a counter electrode layer and can contain an interelectrode material or the like.
- the “pixel electrode layer” as referred to herein refers to an electrode layer fabricated above a substrate in which a charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site is formed and is usually divided for every one pixel. This is made for the purpose of obtaining an image by reading out a signal charge which has been converted by the photoelectric conversion layer on a charge accumulation/transfer/signal read-out circuit substrate for every one pixel.
- the “counter electrode layer” as referred to herein has a function to discharge a signal charge having a reversed polarity to a signal charge by interposing the photoelectric conversion layer together with the pixel electrode layer. Since this discharge of a signal charge is not required to be divided among the respective pixels, the counter electrode layer can be usually made common among the respective pixels. Accordingly, the counter electrode layer is sometimes called a common electrode layer.
- the photoelectric conversion layer is positioned between the pixel electrode layer and the counter electrode layer.
- the photoelectric conversion function functions by the pixel electrode layer and the counter electrode layer as well as this photoelectric convention layer.
- the configuration of the photoelectric conversion layer stack first of all, in the case where one organic layer is stacked on a substrate, there is enumerated a configuration in which a pixel electrode layer (basically a transparent electrode layer), a photoelectric conversion layer, and a counter electrode layer (transparent electrode layer) are stacked in this order from the substrate.
- a pixel electrode layer basic a transparent electrode layer
- a photoelectric conversion layer photoelectric conversion layer
- a counter electrode layer transparent electrode layer
- a pixel electrode layer (basically a transparent electrode layer), a photoelectric conversion layer, a counter electrode layer (transparent electrode layer), an interlaminar insulating layer, a pixel electrode layer (basically a transparent electrode layer), a photoelectric conversion layer, and a counter electrode layer (transparent electrode layer) are stacked in this order from the substrate.
- materials which can be deposited by a plasma-free deposition apparatus, EB vapor deposition apparatus or pulse laser vapor deposition apparatus For example, metals, alloys, metal oxides, metal nitrides, metal borides, organic electrically conductive compounds, and mixtures thereof are suitably enumerated.
- electrically conductive metal oxides such as tin oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide, indium zinc oxide (IZO), indium tin oxide (ITO), and indium tungsten oxide (IWO); metal nitrides such as titanium nitride; metals such as gold, platinum, silver, chromium, nickel, and aluminum; mixtures or stacks of such a metal and such an electrically conductive metal oxide; inorganic electrically conductive substances such as copper iodide and copper sulfide; organic electrically conductive materials such as polyaniline, polythiophene, and polypyrrole; and stacks thereof with ITO.
- electrically conductive metal oxides such as tin oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide, indium zinc oxide (IZO), indium tin oxide (ITO), and indium tungsten oxide (IWO)
- metal nitrides such as titanium nitride
- metals such as gold, platinum, silver, chromium, nickel, and aluminum
- any one material of ITO, IZO, SnO 2 , ATO (antimony-doped tin oxide), ZnO, AZO (Al-doped zinc oxide), GZO (gallium-doped zinc oxide), TiO 2 , or FTO (fluorine-doped tin oxide) is especially preferable.
- a light transmittance of the transparent electrode layer is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 80% or more, still more preferably 90% or more, and yet still more preferably 95% or more at a photoelectric conversion light absorption peak wavelength of the photoelectric conversion layer which is included in a photoelectric conversion device including that transparent electrode layer.
- a surface resistance of the transparent electrode layer its preferred range varies depending upon whether the transparent electrode layer is a pixel electrode or a counter electrode, whether the charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site is of a CCD structure or a CMOS structure, or the like.
- the surface resistance of the transparent electrode layer is preferably not more than 10,000 ⁇ / ⁇ , and more preferably not more than 1,000 ⁇ / ⁇ .
- the surface resistance of the transparent electrode layer is preferably not more than 1,000 ⁇ / ⁇ , and more preferably not more than 100 ⁇ / ⁇ .
- the surface resistance of the transparent electrode layer is preferably not more than 1,000,000 ⁇ / ⁇ and more preferably not more than 100,000 ⁇ / ⁇ .
- a substrate temperature at the time of deposition of a transparent electrode layer is preferably not higher than 500° C., more preferably not higher than 300° C., still more preferably not higher than 200° C., and yet still further preferably not higher than 150° C.
- a gas may be introduced during the deposition of a transparent electrode layer. Basically, though the gas species is not limited, Ar, He, oxygen, nitrogen, and the like can be used. In addition, a mixed gas of such gases may be used. In particular, in the case of an oxide material, since oxygen deficiency often occurs, it is preferable to use oxygen.
- An inorganic layer as the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site is hereunder described.
- light which has passed through the organic layer as the upper layer is subjected to photoelectric conversion in the inorganic layer.
- the inorganic layer pn junction or pin junction of crystalline silicon, amorphous silicon, or a chemical semiconductor such as GaAs is generally used.
- the stack type structure a method disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,965,875 can be adopted. That is, a configuration in which a light receiving part as stacked by utilizing wavelength dependency of a coefficient of absorption of silicon is formed, and color separation is carried out in a depth direction thereof.
- the color separation is carried out in a light penetration depth of silicon, a spectrum range as detected in each of the stacked light receiving parts becomes broad.
- the color separation is remarkably improved.
- the organic layer is a B layer or an R layer, by properly selecting the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site of silicon in the depth direction, the color separation is remarkably improved.
- the function as the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site of silicon may be brought for only one color, and preferred color separation can be achieved.
- the inorganic layer preferably has a structure in which plural photodiodes are superposed for every pixel in a depth direction within the semiconductor substrate, and a color signal according to a signal charge generated in each of the photodiodes by light to be absorbed in the foregoing plural photodiodes is read out into the external.
- the foregoing plural photodiodes contain at least one of a first photodiode which is provided in the depth for absorbing B light and a second photodiode which is provided in the depth for absorbing R light and are provided with a color signal read-out circuit for reading out a color signal according to the foregoing signal charge generated in each of the foregoing plural photodiodes.
- a junction part of the foregoing first photodiode is formed in a depth of up to about 0.2 ⁇ m from the semiconductor substrate surface and that a junction part of the foregoing second photodiode is formed in a depth of up to about 2 ⁇ m from the semiconductor substrate surface.
- the inorganic layer is hereunder described in more detail.
- Preferred examples of the configuration of the inorganic layer include a photoconductive type, a p-n junction type, a shotkey junction type, a PIN junction type, a light receiving device of an MSM (metal-semiconductor-metal) type, and a light receiving device of a phototransistor type.
- MSM metal-semiconductor-metal
- a light receiving device in which a plural number of a first electrically conductive type region and a second electrically conductive type region which is a reversed electrically conductive type to the first electrically conductive type are alternately stacked within a single semiconductor substrate, and each of the junction planes of the first electrically conductive type region and the second electrically conductive type region is formed in a depth suitable for subjecting mainly plural lights of a different wavelength region to photoelectric conversion.
- the single semiconductor substrate is preferably monocrystalline silicon, and the color separation can be carried out by utilizing absorption wavelength characteristics which rely upon the depth direction of the silicon substrate.
- an InGaN based, InAlN based, InAlP based, or InGaAlP based inorganic semiconductor can also be used.
- the InGaN based inorganic semiconductor is an inorganic semiconductor which is adjusted so as to have a maximum absorption value within a blue wavelength range by properly changing the In-containing composition. That is, the composition becomes In x Ga 1-x N (0 ⁇ x ⁇ 1).
- Such a compound semiconductor is manufactured by adopting a metal organic chemical vapor deposition method (MOCVD method).
- MOCVD method metal organic chemical vapor deposition method
- the InAlN based nitride semiconductor using, as a raw material, Al of the Group 13 similar to Ga it can be used as a short wavelength light receiving part similar to the InGaN based semiconductor.
- InAlP or InGaAlP lattice-matching with a GaAs substrate can also be used.
- the inorganic semiconductor may be of a buried structure.
- the “buried structure” as referred to herein refers to a configuration in which the both ends of a short wavelength light receiving part are covered by a semiconductor different from the short wavelength light receiving part.
- the semiconductor for covering the both ends is preferably a semiconductor having a band gap wavelength shorter than or equal to a hand gap wavelength of the short wavelength light receiving part.
- the organic layer and the inorganic layer may be bound to each other in any form.
- npn junction or pnpn junction from the light incident side is preferable.
- the pnpn junction is more preferable because by providing a p layer on the surface and increasing a potential of the surface, it is possible to trap a hole generated in the vicinity of the surface and a dark current and to reduce the dark current.
- the pn junction diode is formed of four layers of pnpn in a depth direction of silicon.
- the photodiode is designed in such a manner that the depth of the pn junction plane covers respective wavelength bands of visible light.
- a junction diode of three layers of npn is obtained by forming an n-type layer, a p-type layer, and n-type layer in this order.
- a light signal is collected from the n-type layer, and the p-type layer is connected to a ground wire.
- each region is depleted, and the capacity of each junction part becomes small unlimitedly. In this way, it is possible to make the capacity generated on the junction plane extremely small.
- an ultraviolet light absorption layer and/or an infrared light absorption layer is provided in an uppermost layer of the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site.
- the ultraviolet light absorption layer is able to at least absorb or reflect light of not more than 400 nm, and it preferably has an absorption factor of 50% or more in a wavelength region of not more than 400 nm.
- the infrared light absorption layer is able to at least absorb or reflect light of 700 nm or more, and it preferably has an absorption factor of 50% or more in a wavelength region of 700 nm or more.
- Such an ultraviolet light absorption layer or infrared light absorption layer can be formed by a conventionally known method.
- a mordant layer made of a hydrophilic polymer substance such as gelatin, casein, glue, and polyvinyl alcohol is provided on a substrate, and a dye having a desired absorption wavelength is added to or dyes the mordant layer to form a colored layer.
- a method of using a colored resin having a certain kind of coloring material dispersed in a transparent resin there is known.
- a colored resin layer having a coloring material mixed in a polyamino based resin as described in JP-A-58-46325, JP-A-60-78401, JP-A-60-184202, JP-A-60-184203, JP-A-60-184204, and JP-A-60-184205. It is also possible to use a coloring agent using a polyamide resin having photosensitivity.
- a dielectric multilayer layer is preferably used.
- the dielectric multilayer layer has sharp wavelength dependency of light transmission and is preferably used.
- the respective electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites are separated by an insulating layer.
- the insulating layer can be formed by using a transparent insulating material such as glass, polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethersulfone, and polypropylene. Silicon nitride, silicon oxide, and the like are also preferably used. Silicon nitride prepared by deposition by means of plasma CVD is preferably used in the invention because it is high in compactness and good in transparency.
- a protective layer or a sealing layer can be provided, too.
- the protective layer include a diamond thin film, an inorganic material layer made of a metal oxide, a metal nitride, etc., a polymer layer made of a fluorine resin, poly-p-xylene, polyethylene, a silicone resin, a polystyrene resin, etc., and a layer made of a photocurable resin.
- condensation efficiency can be enhanced by forming a microlens array above a light receiving device, and therefore, such an embodiment is preferable, too.
- JP-A-58-103166, JP-A-58-103165, JP-A-2003-332551, and the like can be made hereof by reference.
- a configuration in which an MOS transistor is formed on a semiconductor substrate for every pixel unit or a configuration having CCD as a device can be properly adopted.
- a charge is generated in a photoelectric conversion layer by incident light which has transmitted through electrodes; the charge runs to the electrodes within the photoelectric conversion layer by an electric field generated between the electrodes by impressing voltage to the electrodes; and the charge is further transferred to a charge accumulating part of the MOS transistor and accumulated in the charge accumulating part.
- the charge accumulated in the charge accumulating part is transferred to a charge read-out part by switching of the MOS transistor and further outputted as an electric signal.
- full-color image signals are inputted in a solid-state imaging apparatus including a signal processing part.
- the light receiving device itself can also be used as the accumulation diode, or an accumulation diode can also be separately provided.
- the read-out of the signal is hereunder described in more detail.
- the read-out of the signal can be carried out by using a usual color read-out circuit.
- a signal charge or a signal current which has been subjected to photoelectric conversion in the light receiving part is accumulated in the light receiving part itself or a capacitor as provided.
- the accumulated charge is subjected to selection of a pixel position and read-out by a technique of an MOS type imaging device (so-called CMOS sensor) using an X-Y address system.
- CMOS sensor MOS type imaging device
- An imaging device of a two-dimensionally arrayed X-Y address operation is known as a CMOS sensor.
- a switch which is provided in a pixel connected to an X-Y intersection point is connected to a vertical shift register, and when the switch is turned on by voltage from the vertical scanning shift register, signals read out from pixels which are provided in the same row are read out on the output line in a column direction. The signals are successively read out from an output end through the switch to be driven by a horizontal scanning shift register.
- a floating diffusion detector or a floating gate detector can be used for reading out the output signals.
- RGB signals can be subjected to conversion processing of YIQ signals.
- the charge transfer/read-out site is required to have a mobility of charge of 100 cm 2 /vol ⁇ sec or more. This mobility can be obtained by selecting the material among semiconductors of the IV group, the III-V group, or the II-VI group.
- silicon semiconductors also referred to as “Si semiconductors” are preferable because of advancement of a microstructure refinement technology and low costs.
- the charge transfer/charge read-out system there are made a large number of proposals, and all of them are adoptable.
- a COMS type or CCD type device is an especially preferred system.
- the CMOS type device is preferable in view of high-speed read-out, pixel addition, partial read-out, and consumed electricity.
- plural contact sites for connecting the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site to the charge transfer/read-out site may be connected by any metal, a metal selected among copper, aluminum, silver, gold, chromium, and tungsten is preferable, and copper is especially preferable.
- each of the contact sites is required to be placed between the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site and the charge transfer/read-out site.
- a blue light collection electrode and the charge transfer/read-out site, a green light collection electrode and the charge transfer/read-out site, and a red light collection electrode and the charge transfer/read-out site are required to be connected, respectively.
- the stacked photoelectric conversion device according to the invention can be manufactured according to a so-called known microfabrication process which is adopted in manufacturing integrated circuits and the like. Basically, this process is concerned with a repeated operation of pattern exposure with active light, electron beams, etc. (for example, i- or g-bright line of mercury, excimer laser, X-rays, and electron beams), pattern formation by development and/or burning, alignment of device forming materials (for example, coating, vapor deposition, sputtering, and CV), and removal of the materials in a non-pattern area (for example, heat treatment and dissolution treatment).
- active light for example, i- or g-bright line of mercury, excimer laser, X-rays, and electron beams
- pattern formation by development and/or burning
- alignment of device forming materials for example, coating, vapor deposition, sputtering, and CV
- removal of the materials in a non-pattern area for example, heat treatment and dissolution treatment.
- a chip size of the device can be selected among a brownie size, a 135 size, an APS size, a 1/1.8-inch size, and a smaller size.
- a pixel size of the stacked photoelectric conversion device according to the invention is expressed by a circle-corresponding diameter which is corresponding to a maximum area in the plural electromagnetic absorption/photoelectric conversion sites. Though the pixel size is not limited, it is preferably from 2 to 20 microns, more preferably from 2 to 10 microns, and especially preferably from 3 to 8 microns.
- the stacked photoelectric conversion device according to the invention can be utilized for a digital still camera.
- the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention is used for a TV camera.
- the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention can be utilized for a digital video camera, a monitor camera (in, for example, office buildings, parking lots, unmanned loan-application systems in financial institution, shopping centers, convenience stores, outlet malls, department stores, pachinko parlors, karaoke boxes, game centers, and hospitals), other various sensors (for example, TV door intercoms, individual authentication sensors, sensors for factory automation, robots for household use, industrial robots, and piping examination systems), medical sensors (for example, endoscopes and fundus cameras), videoconference systems, television telephones, camera-equipped mobile phones, automobile safety running systems (for example, back guide monitors, collision prediction systems, and lane-keeping systems), and sensors for video game.
- a monitor camera in, for example, office buildings, parking lots, unmanned loan-application systems in financial institution, shopping centers, convenience stores, outlet malls
- the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention is suitable for use of a television camera.
- the reason for this resides in the matter that since it does not require a color decomposition optical system, it is able to achieve miniaturization and weight reduction of the television camera.
- the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention has high sensitivity and high resolving power, it is especially preferable for a television camera for high-definition broadcast.
- the term “television camera for high-definition broadcast” as referred to herein includes a camera for digital high-definition broadcast.
- the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention is preferable because an optical low pass filter can be omitted, and higher sensitivity and higher resolving power can be expected.
- the photoelectric conversion device not only the thickness can be made thin, but a color decomposition optical system is not required. Therefore, as for shooting scenes in which a different sensitivity is required, such as “circumstances with a different brightness such as daytime and nighttime” and “immobile subject and mobile subject” and other shooting scenes in which requirements for spectral sensitivity or color reproducibility differ, various needs for shooting can be satisfied by a single camera by exchanging the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention and performing shooting. At the same time, it is not required to carry plural cameras. Thus, a load of a person who wishes to take a shot is reduced.
- a photoelectric conversion device which is subjective to the exchange, in addition to the foregoing, exchangeable photoelectric conversion devices for purposes of infrared light shooting, black-and-white shooting, and change of a dynamic range can be prepared.
- the TV camera according to the invention can be prepared by referring to a description in Chapter 2 of Design Technologies of Television Camera , edited by the Institute of Image Information and Television Engineers (Aug. 20, 1999, published by Corona Publishing Co., Ltd., ISBN 4-339-00714-5) and, for example, replacing a color decomposition optical system and an imaging device as a basic configuration of a television camera as shown in FIG. 2.1 thereof by the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention.
- the foregoing stacked light receiving device By arraying the foregoing stacked light receiving device, it can be utilized not only as an imaging device but as an optical sensor such as biosensors and chemical sensors or a color light receiving device in a single body.
- the photoelectric conversion devices can be roughly classified into a photocell and a photosensor, and the photoelectric conversion devices shown in FIG. 1B and FIG. 1C are suitable for a photosensor.
- the photosensor may be a sensor using a photoelectric conversion device alone, or may be in a form of a line sensor in which photoelectric conversion devices are linearly arranged, or a two-dimensional sensor in which photoelectric conversion devices are arranged on a plane surface.
- the optical image information is converted into electric signals by using an optical system and a driving unit as in a scanner and the like, and in the two-dimensional sensor, the optical image information is imaged on the sensor by an optical system and converted into electric signals as in an imaging module, thereby effecting the function as an imaging device.
- the photocell (solar cell) is power-generating equipment, and therefore, the efficiency of converting light energy into electrical energy is an important performance.
- the dark current that is a current in the dark place does not become a problem in view of a function of the photocell.
- a color filter need not be provided, and therefore, a heating step in a later stage is not required.
- the performance of converting light-dark signals into electric signals with high precision is important, and therefore, the efficiency of converging the light quantity into a current is also an important performance.
- a signal outputted in the dark place works out to a noise deteriorating the image, and therefore, a low dark current is required.
- durability against a manufacturing step in a later stage such as stacking of a color filter is also important.
- FIG. 1A is a diagrammatic cross-section view of a photoelectric conversion device which is used in a solar cell or the like.
- a photoelectric conversion device 10 a shown in FIG. 1A is constituted of an electrically conductive layer 11 functioning as a lower electrode, a transparent electrically conductive layer 15 functioning as an upper electrode (the light incident side is defined as an “upper part”), and a photoelectric conversion layer (also called an organic photoelectric conversion layer) 12 formed between the upper electrode 15 and the lower electrode 11 , and stacking is made in the order of the lower electrode 11 , the photoelectric conversion layer 12 , and the upper electrode 15 .
- FIG. 1B is a diagrammatic cross-sectional view of a photoelectric conversion device which is used in an imaging device.
- This photoelectric conversion device 10 b has a configuration in which an electron blocking layer 16 A is added between the lower electrode 11 and the photoelectric conversion layer 12 relative to the photoelectric conversion device 10 a shown in FIG. 1A , and stacking is made in the order of the lower electrode 11 , the electron blocking layer 16 A, the photoelectric conversion layer 12 , and the upper electrode 15 .
- the imaging device according to the invention is provided with the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention.
- FIG. 1C is a diagrammatic cross-sectional view of a photoelectric conversion device according to a first embodiment of the invention, which is used in an imaging device.
- This photoelectric conversion device 10 C has a configuration in which a hole blocking layer 16 B is added between the upper electrode 15 and the photoelectric conversion layer 12 relative to the photoelectric conversion device 10 b shown in FIG. 1B , and stacking is made in the order of the lower electrode 11 , the electron blocking layer 16 A, the photoelectric conversion layer 12 , the hole blocking layer 16 B, and the upper electrode 15 .
- the order of stacking of the lower electrode 11 , the electron blocking layer 16 A, the organic photoelectric conversion layer 12 , the hole blocking layer 16 B, and the upper electrode 12 may be made reversed according to the utility or characteristics of the photoelectric conversion device. In that case, it would be better that the electrode (electrically conductive layer) on the side through which light transmits is constituted of a transparent material.
- an electric field between the upper electrode 15 and the lower electrode 11 it is preferable to impress an electric field between the upper electrode 15 and the lower electrode 11 .
- an arbitrary prescribed electric field can be impressed within the range of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 V/cm or more and not more than 1 ⁇ 10 7 V/cm between a pair of the electrodes.
- the electric field to be impressed is preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 1 V/cm or more and not more than 5 ⁇ 10 6 V/cm, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 2 V/cm or more and not more than 3 ⁇ 10 6 V/cm, and especially preferably 1 ⁇ 10 5 V/cm or more and not more than 1 ⁇ 10 6 V/cm.
- Each of the upper electrode (transparent electrically conductive layer) 15 and the lower electrode (electrically conductive layer) 11 is constituted of an electrically conductive material.
- the electrically conductive material those described above in the section of (Electrode) are preferable.
- the upper electrode 15 electrically conductive metal oxides are preferable for the upper electrode 15 from the standpoints of high electric conductivity, transparency, and the like. Since the upper electrode 15 is deposited on the organic photoelectric conversion layer 12 , it is preferable to carry out the deposition of the upper electrode 15 by a method in which the characteristics of the organic photoelectric conversion layer 12 are not deteriorated. In addition, the upper electrode 15 is preferably made of a transparent electrically conductive oxide.
- the lower electrode 11 there may be the case where transparency is brought, or the case where a material for reversely reflecting light without bringing transparency is used, depending upon the utility. Specifically, those described above in the section of (Electrode) are preferable.
- the upper electrode 15 is a transparent electrically conductive layer such as TCO
- TCO transparent electrically conductive layer
- One of causes thereof is considered to reside in the matter that fine cracks introduced into the photoelectric conversion layer 12 are subjected to coverage by a dense layer such as TCO to increase the conduction with the electrode 11 on the opposite side. Therefore, in the case of an electrode having relatively poor film quality such as aluminum, the leak current hardly increases.
- the increase of leak current can be greatly suppressed by controlling a layer thickness of the upper electrode 15 relative to a layer thickness (that is, the crack depth) of the photoelectric conversion layer 12 . It is desirable that the thickness of the upper electrode 15 is preferably not more than 1 ⁇ 5, and more preferably not more than 1/10 of the thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer 12 .
- the thinner the thickness of the upper electrode (transparent electrically conductive layer) 15 the smaller the amount of absorbed light is, and in general, the light transmittance increases.
- the increase of the light transmittance is very preferable because the light absorption in the photoelectric conversion layer 12 is increased, and the photoelectric conversion ability is increased.
- the layer thickness of the upper electrode 15 is preferably from 5 to 100 nm, and more preferably from 5 to 20 nm.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a one-pixel portion of an imaging device according to a second embodiment of the invention using the photoelectric conversion device explained in FIG. 1C .
- a pixel capable of obtaining signals of three colors of RGB is made a unit.
- the imaging device as referred to herein is a device for converting optical information of an image into electric signals, in which plural photoelectric conversion devices are disposed in a matrix state on the same plane, an optical signal is converted into an electric signal in each of the photoelectric conversion devices (pixels), and the electric signal is able to be successively outputted into the external for every pixel. For that reason, the imaging device is constituted of one photoelectric conversion device and one or more transistors per pixel.
- An imaging device 100 shown in FIG. 2 is an imaging device in which a large number of pixels each constituting one pixel are disposed in an array state on the same plane, and one-pixel data of image data can be formed by a single obtained by this one pixel.
- the imaging device 100 is provided with an n-type silicon substrate 1 and a transparent insulating layer 7 formed on the n-type silicon substrate 1 , and the photoelectric conversion device 10 b or 10 c explained in FIG. 1B or FIG. 1C is formed on the insulating layer 7 .
- the symbols are expressed by a lower electrode 101 , a photoelectric conversion layer 102 , and an upper electrode 104 .
- illustration of an electron blocking layer and a hole blocking layer is omitted.
- a light-shielding layer 114 having an opening 114 a provided therein is formed on the photoelectric conversion device 10 b ( 10 c ), and a transparent insulating layer 115 is formed on the upper electrode 104 on the opening 114 a and on the light-shielding layer 114 .
- a p-type impurity region (hereinafter abbreviated as “p region”) 4 , an n-type impurity region (hereinafter abbreviated as “n region”) 3 , and a p region 2 are formed in this order from the shallow side thereof.
- p region p-type impurity region
- n region n-type impurity region
- p region 2 p-type impurity region 2
- a high-density p region 6 is formed in the surface part of a portion of the p region 4 light-shielded by the light-shielding layer 114 , and the periphery of the p region 6 is surrounded by an n region 5 .
- the depth of the pn junction plane between the p region 4 and the n region 3 from the surface of the n-type silicon substrate 1 is a depth (about 0.2 ⁇ m) for absorbing blue light. Accordingly, the p region 4 and the n region 3 absorb the blue light to form a photodiode (B photodiode) capable of accumulating a charge corresponding thereto.
- B photodiode a photodiode
- the depth of the pn junction plane between the p region 2 and the n-type silicon substrate 1 from the surface of the n-type silicon substrate 1 is a depth (about 2 ⁇ m) for absorbing red light. Accordingly, the p region 2 and the n-type silicon substrate 1 absorb the red light to form a photodiode (R photodiode) capable of accumulating a charge corresponding thereto.
- a photodiode R photodiode
- the p region 6 is electrically connected to the lower electrode 101 via a connection part 9 formed in the opening bored in the insulating layer 7 .
- a hole trapped by the lower electrode 101 recombines with an electron in the p region 6 , and therefore, the number of electrons accumulated in the p region 6 at the time of resetting decreases according to the number of trapped holes.
- the outer peripheral surface of the connection part 9 is covered by an insulating layer 8 , and the connection part 9 is electrically insulated by the insulating layer 8 from portions exclusive of the lower electrode 101 and the p region 6 .
- the electrons accumulated in the p region 2 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within the n-type silicon substrate 1 ; the electrons accumulated in the p region 4 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within the n region 3 ; the electrons accumulated in the p region 6 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within the n region 5 ; and these signals are outputted to the outside of the imaging device 100 .
- Each of the MOS circuits is connected to a signal read-out pad (not shown) by a wiring 113 .
- a signal read-out pad not shown
- G (green) light can be subjected to photoelectric conversion by the photoelectric conversion layer 102
- B (blue) light and R (red) light can be subjected to photoelectric conversion by the B photodiode and the R photodiode, respectively in the n-type silicon substrate 1 .
- G light is first absorbed above the semiconductor substrate, excellent color separation is achieved between B-G and between G-R by the B photodiode and the R photodiode, respectively formed in the semiconductor substrate.
- This color separation performance is a greatly excellent point of the imaging device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 in comparison with an imaging device of the type in which three photodiodes inclusive of a G photodiode in addition to a B photodiode and an R photodiode are provided within a semiconductor substrate, and all of B light, G light, and R light are separated by the semiconductor substrate.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a one-pixel portion of an imaging device according to a third embodiment of the invention.
- an imaging device 200 of the present embodiment has a configuration in which two photodiodes are arrayed in the direction perpendicular to the incident direction of incident light (namely, this perpendicular direction is the direction along the surface of the semiconductor substrate), thereby detecting lights of two colors within an n-type silicon substrate.
- the imaging device 200 of the present embodiment is provided with an n-type silicon substrate 17 and a transparent insulating layer 24 stacked on the surface of the n-type silicon substrate 17 , and the photoelectric conversion device 10 c explained in FIG. 1C is stacked thereon.
- the lower electrode 101 , the photoelectric conversion layer 102 , and the upper electrode 104 are the same as those in FIG. 2 , and though illustration of an electron blocking layer is omitted, the hole blocking layer 106 is shown.
- the photoelectric conversion device 10 b shown in FIG. 1B may be adopted.
- a light-shielding layer 34 provided with openings is formed on the photoelectric conversion device 10 c .
- a transparent insulating layer 33 is formed on the openings of the upper electrode 104 and the light-shielding layer 34 .
- a photodiode composed of an n region 19 and a p region 18 and a photodiode composed of an n region 21 and a p resin 20 are allowed to lie in juxtaposition on the surface of the n-type silicon substrate 17 .
- An arbitrary plane direction on the surface of the n-type silicon substrate 17 becomes the direction perpendicular to the incident direction of incident light.
- a color filter 28 through which B light transmits via the transparent insulating layer 24 is formed, and the lower electrode 101 is formed thereon.
- a color filter 29 through which R light transmits via the transparent insulating layer 24 is formed, and the lower electrode 101 is formed thereon.
- the surroundings of each of the color filters 28 and 29 are covered by a transparent insulating layer 25 .
- a symbol 30 between the lower electrodes (pixel electrodes) 101 is an insulating layer for separating the pixel electrodes from each other.
- the photodiode composed of the n region 19 and the p region 18 functions as an in-substrate photoelectric conversion part that absorbs B light having transmitted through the color filter 28 , generates electrons corresponding thereto, and accumulates the generated electrons in the p region 18 .
- the photodiode composed of the n region 21 and the p region 20 functions as an in-substrate photoelectric conversion part that absorbs R light having transmitted through the color filter 29 , generates electrons corresponding thereto, and accumulates the generated electrons in the p region 20 .
- a p region 23 is formed, and the periphery of the p region 23 is surrounded by an n region 22 .
- the p region 23 is electrically connected to the lower electrode 101 via a connection part 27 formed within the opening bored in the insulating layers 24 and 25 .
- a hole generated in the photoelectric conversion layer 102 and trapped by the lower electrode 101 recombines with an electron in the p region 23 through a connection part 27 , and therefore, the number of electrons accumulated in the p region 23 at the time of resetting decreases according to the number of trapped holes.
- the periphery of the connection part 27 is surrounded by an insulating layer 26 , and the connection part 27 is electrically insulated from portions exclusive of the lower electrode 101 and the p region 23 .
- the electrons accumulated in the p region 18 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within the n-type silicon substrate 17
- the electrons accumulated in the p region 20 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within the n-type silicon substrate 17
- the electrons accumulated in the p region 23 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of an n-channel MOS transistor formed within the n region 22 .
- the respective converted signals are outputted to the outside of the imaging device 200 .
- Each of the MOS circuits is connected to a signal read-out pad (not shown) by a wiring 35 .
- the foregoing signal read-out circuit composed of MOS transistors may be composed of CCD and an amplifier.
- the signal read-out circuit may be constituted in such a manner that electrons accumulated in the p region 18 , the p region 20 , and the p region 23 are respectively read out into CCD (charge transfer passage) formed within the n-type silicon substrate 17 and then transferred into an amplifier, and voltage value signals according to the amount of electrons are outputted as imaging image signals by the amplifier.
- the signal read-out part includes a CCD structure and a CMOS structure.
- a CMOS type is preferable.
- color separation of R light and B light is performed by the color filters 28 and 29 , but instead of providing the color filters 28 and 29 , each of the depth of the pn junction plane between the p region 20 and then region 21 and the depth of the pn junction plane between the p region 18 and the n region 19 may be adjusted to absorb R light and B light by the respective photodiodes.
- an inorganic photoelectric conversion part composed of an inorganic material that absorbs light having transmitted through the photoelectric conversion layer 102 , generates charges corresponding to the light, and accumulates the charges, between the n-type silicon substrate 17 and the lower electrode 101 (for example, between the insulating layer 24 and the n-type silicon substrate 17 ).
- an MOS circuit for reading out signals according to the charges accumulated in a charge accumulation region of the inorganic photoelectric conversion part may be provided within the n-type silicon substrate 17 , and the wiring 35 may also be connected to this MOS circuit.
- a first photoelectric conversion layer for detecting a G signal by the photodiode and detecting an R signal and a second photoelectric conversion layer for detecting a B signal are stacked.
- an imaging device for detecting four colors including R, G, B, and emerald colors is formed by one pixel, and two colors are detected by the two photodiodes, and the remaining two colors are detected by two layers of the photoelectric conversion layers.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a one-pixel portion of an imaging device according to a fourth embodiment of the invention.
- An imaging device 300 of the present embodiment has a configuration in which signals of three colors of R, G and B are detected by three layers of photoelectric conversion layers provided above a silicon substrate, without providing a photodiode within the silicon substrate.
- the imaging device 300 of the present embodiment has a configuration in which three photoelectric conversion layers inclusive of an R photoelectric conversion device for detecting R light, a B photoelectric conversion device for detecting G light, and a G photoelectric conversion device for detecting G light are stacked in this order above a silicon substrate 41 .
- Each of the photoelectric conversion devices is made on the basis of the configuration shown in FIG. 1C .
- an organic photoelectric conversion dye which is used for the photoelectric conversion layer a material capable of efficiently detecting the wavelength of light to be detected is used.
- the R photoelectric conversion device is provided with a lower electrode 101 r stacked above the silicon substrate 41 via an insulating layer 48 , a photoelectric conversion layer 102 r formed on the lower electrode 101 r , a hole blocking layer 106 r formed on the photoelectric conversion layer 102 r , and an upper electrode 104 r formed on the hole blocking layer 106 r .
- the electron blocking layer illustrated in FIG. 1C is not shown in FIG. 4 (the same as in the following photoelectric conversion devices).
- the B photoelectric conversion device is provided with a lower electrode 101 b stacked on the upper electrode 104 r of the R photoelectric conversion device via a transparent insulating layer 59 , a photoelectric conversion layer 102 b formed on the lower electrode 101 b , a hole blocking layer 106 b formed on the photoelectric conversion layer 102 b , and an upper electrode 104 b formed on the hole blocking layer 106 b.
- the G photoelectric conversion device is provided with a lower electrode 101 g stacked on the upper electrode 104 b of the B photoelectric conversion device via a transparent insulating layer 63 , a photoelectric conversion layer 102 g formed on the lower electrode 101 g , a hole blocking layer 106 g formed on the photoelectric conversion layer 102 g , and an upper electrode 104 g formed on the hole blocking layer 106 g.
- the imaging device 300 of the present embodiment has a configuration in which the R photoelectric conversion device, the B photoelectric conversion device, and the G photoelectric conversion device are stacked in this order on the silicon substrate 41 .
- a light-shielding layer 68 bored with an opening 68 a is formed, and a transparent insulating layer 67 is formed so as to cover the upper electrode 104 g exposed within the opening 68 a and the light-shielding layer 68 .
- the photoelectric conversion layer 102 g contains an organic material capable of absorbing green light and generating electrons and holes corresponding thereto
- the photoelectric conversion layer 102 b contains an organic material capable of absorbing blue light and generating electrons and holes corresponding thereto
- the photoelectric conversion layer 102 r contains an organic material capable of absorbing red light and generating electrons and holes corresponding thereto.
- p regions 43 , 45 , and 47 are formed, and the peripheries of these regions are surrounded by n regions 42 , 44 , and 46 , respectively.
- the p region 43 is electrically connected to the lower electrode 101 r via a connection part 54 formed within an opening bored in the insulating layer 48 .
- a hole trapped by the lower electrode 101 r recombines with an electron in the p region 43 , and therefore, the number of electrons accumulated in the p region 43 at the time of resetting decreases according to the number of trapped holes.
- an insulating layer 51 is formed, and the connection part 54 is electrically insulated from portions exclusive of the lower electrode 101 r and the p region 43 .
- the p region 45 is electrically connected to the lower electrode 101 b via a connection part 53 formed within an opening penetrating through the insulating layer 48 , the R photoelectric conversion device, and the insulating layer 59 .
- a hole trapped by the lower electrode 101 b recombines with an electron in the p region 45 , and therefore, the number of electrons accumulated in the p region 45 at the time of resetting decreases according to the number of trapped holes.
- an insulating layer 50 is formed, and the connection part 53 is electrically insulated from portions exclusive of the lower electrode 101 b and the p region 45 .
- the p region 47 is electrically connected to the lower electrode 101 g via a connection part 52 formed within an opening penetrating through the insulating film 48 , the R photoelectric conversion device, the insulating film 59 , the B photoelectric conversion device and the insulating film 63 .
- a hole trapped by the lower electrode 101 g recombines with an electron in the p region 47 , and therefore, the number of electrons accumulated in the p region 47 at the time of resetting decreases according to the number of trapped holes.
- an insulating layer 49 is formed, and the connection part 52 is electrically insulated from portions exclusive of the lower electrode 101 g and the p region 47 .
- the electrons accumulated in the p region 43 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within the n region 42 ; the electrons accumulated in the p region 45 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within the n region 44 ; the electrons accumulated in the p region 47 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within the n region 46 ; and these signals are outputted to the outside of the imaging device 300 .
- Each of the MOS circuits is connected to a signal read-out pad (not shown) by a wiring 55 .
- the signal read-out part may be composed of CCD and an amplifier in a fashion similar to that explained in the third embodiment.
- the photoelectric conversion layer 102 b for absorbing B light for example, it is preferable to use a material which is capable of absorbing at least light having a wavelength of from 400 nm to 500 nm and in which an absorption factor thereof at a peak wavelength in the wavelength region is 50% or more.
- the photoelectric conversion layer 102 g for absorbing G light for example, it is preferable to use a material which is capable of absorbing at least light having a wavelength of from 500 nm to 600 nm and in which an absorption factor thereof at a peak wavelength in the wavelength region is 50% or more.
- the photoelectric conversion layer 102 r for absorbing R light for example, it is preferable to use a material which is capable of absorbing at least light having a wavelength of from 600 nm to 700 nm and in which an absorption factor thereof at a peak wavelength in the wavelength region is 50% or more.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic partial surface view of an imaging device 400 according to a fifth embodiment according to the invention
- FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an X-X line of FIG. 5 .
- a p-well layer 402 is formed on an n-type silicon substrate 401 .
- the n-type silicon substrate 401 and the p-well layer 402 are collectively referred to as a semiconductor substrate.
- three kinds of color filters inclusive of a color filter 413 r mainly transmitting R light therethrough, a color filter 413 g mainly transmitting G light therethrough, and a color filter 413 b mainly transmitting B light therethrough are each numerously arrayed.
- Each of the color filters 413 r , 413 g and 413 b can be manufactured using a known material.
- a color filter array used in known single-plate solid-state imaging devices for example, Bayer array, longitudinal stripe, and lateral stripe
- n + regions 404 r , 404 g and 404 b are formed, respectively, and signal read-out parts 405 r , 405 g and 405 b are formed adjacent to the n + regions 404 r , 404 g and 404 b , respectively.
- a charge according to the incident light amount generated in a photoelectric conversion layer 412 as described later is accumulated in each of the n + regions 404 r , 404 g and 404 b.
- An insulating layer 403 is stacked on the surface of the p-well layer 402 , and pixel electrode (lower electrode) layers 411 r , 411 g and 411 b corresponding to the n + regions 404 r , 404 g and 404 b , respectively are formed on the insulating layer 403 .
- An insulating layer 408 is provided between the pixel electrodes 411 r and 411 g , between the pixel electrodes 411 g and 411 b , and between the pixel electrodes 411 b and 411 r , respectively.
- the pixel electrodes 411 r and 411 g , the pixel electrodes 411 g and 411 b , and the pixel electrodes 411 b and 411 r are separated from each other corresponding to the color filters 413 r , 413 g and 413 b , respectively.
- the photoelectric conversion film 412 in a one-sheet configuration shared in common among the color filters 413 r , 413 g and 413 b is formed on each of the transparent electrodes 411 r , 411 g and 411 b.
- An upper electrode 413 in a one-sheet configuration shared in common among the color filters 413 r , 413 g and 413 b is formed on the photoelectric conversion film 412 ; a transparent insulating layer 415 and a transparent flat layer 416 are formed on the upper electrode 413 ; and the color filters 413 r , 413 g and 413 b are stacked thereon.
- a photoelectric conversion device corresponding to the color filter 413 r is formed by the lower electrode 411 r , the upper electrode 413 opposing it, and a part of the photoelectric conversion film 412 sandwiched therebetween.
- This photoelectric conversion device serves as an R photoelectric conversion device.
- a photoelectric conversion device corresponding to the color filter 413 g is formed by the lower electrode 411 g , the upper electrode 413 opposing it, and a part of the photoelectric conversion film 412 sandwiched therebetween.
- This photoelectric conversion device serves as a G photoelectric conversion device.
- a photoelectric conversion device corresponding to the color filter 413 b is formed by the lower electrode 411 b , the upper electrode 413 opposing it, and a part of the photoelectric conversion film 412 sandwiched therebetween.
- This photoelectric conversion device serves as a B photoelectric conversion device.
- the respective lower electrodes 411 r , 411 g and 411 b and the corresponding n + regions 404 r , 404 g and 404 b are electrically connected to each other by contact parts 406 r , 406 g and 406 b formed within an opening bored in the insulating layer 403 .
- Each of the contact parts 406 r , 406 g and 406 b is, for example, formed of a metal such as aluminum.
- each of the lower electrodes 411 r , 411 g and 411 b may also be made to serve a light-shielding layer as an opaque electrode layer or an electrode layer having a high reflectance, and the insulating layer 408 for separating the lower electrodes from each other may be made of an opaque material or a reflective material.
- the light which has passed through the green filter 413 g comes onto the pixel electrode 411 g within the photoelectric conversion layer 412 , thereby generating a charge.
- This charge moves to the corresponding n + region 404 g through the contact part 406 g , and a charge according to the amount of the green incident light is accumulated in the n + region (charge accumulating region) 404 g.
- the light which has passed through the blue filter 413 b comes onto the pixel electrode 411 b within the photoelectric conversion layer 412 , thereby generating a charge.
- This charge moves to the corresponding n + region 404 b through the contact part 406 b , and a charge according to the amount of the blue incident light is accumulated in the n + region (charge accumulating region) 404 b.
- each of the signal read-out parts 405 r , 405 g and 405 b may be a CMOS circuit or a CCD circuit.
- the imaging device 400 it is possible to obtain a color image.
- the photoelectric conversion device becomes thin, so that resolution of the imaged image can be enhanced, and a false color can also be reduced.
- an aperture ratio can be made large irrespective of the signal read-out circuit to be provided on the semiconductor substrate, and therefore, it becomes possible to contrive to achieve high sensitivity.
- the organic photoelectric conversion layer 412 which is used in the present embodiment is required to have a maximum absorption wavelength in the green light wavelength region and have an absorption region over the entire visible light, but this can be realized by selecting and using the foregoing materials.
- Compound 2 was synthesized in the same manner as that in Synthesis Example 1, except for replacing the 3-ethyl-2-methylbenzoxazolium iodide with an equal mole of 5,6-dichloro-1,3-diethyl-2-methylbenzoxazolium iodide (manufactured by Aldrich).
- absorption characteristics of a chloroform dilute solution of Compound 2 the absorption maximum wavelength was 461 nm, and the extinction coefficient was 73,000 M ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 .
- Compound 3 was synthesized in the same manner as that in Synthesis Example 1, except for replacing the thiobarbituric acid with an equal mole of 1,3-diethyl-2-thiobarbituric acid (manufactured by Aldrich) and also replacing the 3-ethyl-2-methylbenzoxazolium iodide with an equal mole of 1,2,3,3-tetramethylindolenium iodide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
- absorption characteristics of a chloroform dilute solution of Compound 3 the absorption maximum wavelength was 494 nm, and the extinction coefficient was 114,000 M ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 .
- Compound 4 was synthesized in the same manner as that in Synthesis Example 1, except for replacing the thiobarbituric acid with an equal mole of 1,3-diethyl-2-thiobarbituric acid (manufactured by Aldrich).
- the absorption maximum wavelength was 469 nm, and the extinction coefficient was 156,0001M ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 .
- Compound 5 was synthesized in the same manner as that in Synthesis Example 1, except for replacing the 3-ethyl-2-methylbenzoxazolium iodide with an equal mole of 1,2,3,3-tetramethylindolenium iodide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
- the absorption maximum wavelength was 490 nm, and the extinction coefficient was 114,000 M ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 .
- amorphous ITO was deposited in a thickness of 30 nm by a sputtering method to form a lower electrode, and thereafter, Compound 10 was deposited in a thickness of 90 nm by a vacuum heat vapor deposition method while setting up the substrate temperature at 25° C., thereby forming an electron blocking layer.
- Compound 1 was further deposited in a layer thickness of 170 nm thereon by a vacuum heat vapor deposition method while setting up the substrate temperature at 25° C., thereby forming a photoelectric conversion layer.
- the vacuum vapor deposition of the photoelectric conversion layer was carried out at a degree of vacuum of not more than 4 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa.
- Silicon oxide (SiO) was further deposited in a layer thickness of 40 nm thereon by a vacuum heat vapor deposition method while setting up the substrate temperature at 25° C., thereby forming a hole blocking layer.
- Amorphous ITO as an upper electrode was further deposited in a thickness of 8 nm thereon by a sputtering method, thereby forming a transparent electrically conductive layer, followed by sealing in a glass tube. There was thus fabricated a photoelectric conversion device.
- Examples 2 to 6 were fabricated in the same manner as that in Example 1, except for changing the material and layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer as shown in Table 1.
- a device of Comparative Example 1 was fabricated in the same manner as that in Example 1, except for changing the material and layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer as shown in Table 1.
- the absorption maximum wavelength was 520 nm, and the extinction coefficient was 91,000 M ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 .
- a device was fabricated by reference to Example 3 in JP-A-2006-86160. As for a configuration of the device in Comparative Example 2, the electron blocking layer and the hole blocking layer are not provided; and ITO is deposited in a thickness of 50 nm (lower electrode), Compound 6 is deposited in a thickness of 50 nm (photoelectric conversion layer), and gold is deposited in a thickness of 20 nm (upper electrode).
- each of the obtained devices was evaluated as a photoelectric conversion device.
- an electric field strength at which an external quantum efficiency (efficiency for converting an input photon into an output electron) of the photoelectric conversion at 550 nm reached 15% was determined, and in the devices of Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Example 2, the test was carried out by impressing the same electric field intensity. At that time, the electric field intensity was 1 ⁇ 10 5 V/cm or more and not more than 1 ⁇ 10 6 V/cm.
- the external quantum efficiency was determined by irradiating B light (450 nm) and dividing the number of output electrons by the number of input photons.
- a G/B color mixing ratio was determined by dividing the external quantum efficiency at the time of irradiating G light (550 nm) by the external quantum efficiency at the time of irradiating B light.
- An R/B color mixing ratio was determined by dividing the external quantum efficiency at the time of irradiating R light (640 nm) by the external quantum efficiency at the time of irradiating B light.
- a dark current was measured by impressing the foregoing electric field intensity to the device in a dark room.
- a thin film absorption maximum wavelength As for a thin film absorption maximum wavelength, a thin film was separately formed to have a thickness of from 80 to 130 nm using each of Compounds 1 to 6 and Comparative Compound 1 on a glass substrate in the same operation as that in the formation of photoelectric conversion layer of the Examples by means of vacuum heat vapor deposition, and an absorption maximum wavelength that is the longest wave was determined from a transmission spectrum thereof.
- Examples 1 to 6 are high in terms of the external quantum efficiency relative to the B light, in particular, Examples 1 to 5 are high in terms of the external quantum efficiency. Furthermore, it is noted that Examples 1 to 6 are low in terms of the G/B color mixing ratio and the R/B color mixing ratio, in particular, Examples 1, 2, 4 and 6 in which the thin film absorption maximum wavelength is not more than 500 nm are especially low in terms of the G/B color mixing ratio. Furthermore, it is noted that Examples 1 to 6 are low in terms of the dark current.
- Examples 1 to 6 are high in terms of the external quantum efficiency relative to the B light, in particular, Examples 1 to 5 are high in terms of the external quantum efficiency. Furthermore, it is noted that Examples 1 to 6 are extremely low in terms of the dark current.
- the same imaging device as the form shown in FIG. 2 was fabricated. That is, after depositing amorphous ITO in a thickness of 30 nm on a CMOS substrate by a sputtering method, patterning was carried out by means of photolithography in such a manner that one pixel was present on each photodiode (PD) on the CMOS substrate, thereby forming a lower electrode, and thereafter, the same procedures as those subsequent to the deposition of an electron blocking material were followed to fabricate the imaging device. The evaluation thereof was carried out in the same manner. As a result, the same results as those in Table 1 were obtained. Thus, it was noted that even in the imaging device, the devices on the basis of the Examples of the invention are high in terms of the external quantum efficiency and low in terms of the G/B color mixing ratio, the R/B color mixing ratio, and the dark current.
- a photoelectric conversion device exhibiting high photoelectric conversion efficiency (high sensitivity) and low dark current and having high photoselection, an imaging device, and a method for driving a photoelectric conversion device are obtainable.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Electromagnetism (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Light Receiving Elements (AREA)
- Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)
Abstract
A photoelectric conversion device includes, in the following order: a first electrode; an electron blocking layer; a photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye; a hole blocking layer; and a transparent electrode as a second electrode, and an absorption maximum wavelength in a thin film absorption spectrum of the photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye is within a range of from 400 to 520 nm.
Description
- The present invention relates to a photoelectric conversion device, an imaging device provided with a photoelectric conversion device, and a method for driving a photoelectric conversion device.
- As for solid-state imaging devices, there is widely used a flat light-receiving device in which photoelectric conversion sites are two-dimensionally arrayed in a semiconductor to form a pixel, and a signal generated by photoelectric conversion in each pixel is charge-transferred and read out according to a CCD circuit or a CMOS circuit. As for conventional photoelectric conversion sites, those in which a photodiode part using PN junction is formed in a semiconductor such as Si are generally used.
- In recent years, with the progress of a multi-pixel system, the pixel size becomes small, and the area of the photodiode part becomes small. This brings about a reduction in an aperture ratio and a reduction in light collection efficiency, resulting in a problem of reduction in sensitivity. As for a technique for enhancing the aperture ratio and the like, studies are being made on a solid-state imaging device having an organic photoelectric conversion layer using an organic material.
- As for a method for solving these problems, it may be considered to stack photoelectric conversion parts capable of detecting different light wavelengths in the vertical direction to the semiconductor substrate surface. As for such solid-state imaging devices, in the case of limiting to visible light, for example, Patent Document 1 discloses a solid-state imaging device in which a plurality of photoelectric conversion parts are formed in a stacked structure in the depth direction of the semiconductor substrate while utilizing the wavelength dependency of a light absorption coefficient of Si, thereby separating colors by a difference in the depth of the respective photoelectric conversion parts. In addition,
Patent Document 2 discloses an imaging device in which an organic photoelectric conversion layer is stacked above the semiconductor substrate. However, so far as the difference in the depth direction of Si is concerned, there is originally involved such another problem that the absorption range is overlapped among the respective portions, and spectral characteristics are bad, and therefore, the color separation is poor. - In addition, there have hitherto been some known examples regarding a photoelectric conversion device, an imaging device, and a photosensor each using an organic photoelectric conversion layer. Then, in particular, high photoelectric conversion efficiency (exciton dissociation efficiency and charge transporting properties) and low dark current (amount of dark time carrier) are considered to be a problem. As for improvement methods thereof, there are disclosed introduction of a pn-junction or introduction of a bulk-heterostructure for the former and introduction of a blocking layer or the like for the latter.
- For an enhancement of the photoelectric conversion efficiency and a reduction of the dark current, though structural improvement methods thereof are large in the effects, characteristics of the material to be used greatly contribute to the device performance, too. In addition, for the purpose of improving the sensitivity that is an important problem of the organic photoelectric conversion device (in particular, the application as an imaging device or a photosensor),
Patent Documents -
- Patent Document 1: U.S. Pat. No. 5,965,875
- Patent Document 2: JP-A-2003-332551
- Patent Document 3: JP-A-2009-135318
- Patent Document 4: JP-A-2006-86160
- In the case of using a photoelectric conversion device as a solid-state imaging device, it is required that high photoelectric conversion efficiency (high sensitivity) and low dark current are satisfied, and that high photoselection is revealed. However, what kind of organic photoelectric conversion materials or device structures may give such performances have not been specifically disclosed yet.
- Furthermore, in order to realize an organic photoelectric conversion device of a three-layer stack type, organic photoelectric conversion devices selectively having spectral sensitivity to red light, green light, and blue light, respectively are required, and devices with more excellent photoselection, which are capable of exhibiting a low color mixing ratio, are demanded.
- An object of the invention is to provide a photoelectric conversion device exhibiting high photoelectric conversion efficiency (high sensitivity) and low dark current and having high photoselection against B light for the purpose of exhibiting a low color mixing ratio (within a range where an absorption maximum wavelength in a thin film absorption spectrum of the photoelectric conversion layer is from 400 to 520 nm), an imaging device provided with the subject photoelectric conversion device, and a method for driving the subject photoelectric conversion device.
- The foregoing problem of the invention has been solved by the following dissolution means.
- [1] A photoelectric conversion device comprising a first electrode, an electron blocking layer, a photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye, a hole blocking layer, and a transparent electrode as a second electrode in this order, wherein an absorption maximum wavelength in a thin film absorption spectrum of the photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye falls within the range of from 400 to 520 nm.
[2] The photoelectric conversion device as set forth in [1], wherein the merocyanine dye is represented by the following general formula (1): - wherein A11 represents a heterocyclic ring; n1 represents an integer of from 0 to 2; A12 represents a heterocyclic ring containing an sp2 carbon atom and a carbon atom of a carbonyl group or a thiocarbonyl group; each of R11 and R12 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; and B1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
[3] The photoelectric conversion device as set forth in [2], wherein A12 in the general formula (1) is a 6-membered heterocyclic ring.
[4] The photoelectric conversion device as set forth in [2] or [3], wherein an absorption maximum wavelength of the merocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) in a solution state in a visible region falls within the range of from 400 to 500 nm.
[5] The photoelectric conversion device as set forth in any one of [1] to [4], wherein the first electrode is a transparent electrode.
[6] The photoelectric conversion device as set forth in any one of [1] to [5], wherein the electron blocking layer contains an organic electron blocking material.
[7] The photoelectric conversion device as set forth in any one of [1] to [6], wherein the hole blocking layer contains an inorganic material.
[8] An imaging device provided with the photoelectric conversion device as set forth in any one of [1] to [7].
[9] A method for driving the photoelectric conversion device as set forth in any one of [1] to [7] or the photoelectric conversion device provided in the imaging device as set forth in [8], wherein an electric field of 1×10−4 V/cm or more and not more than 1×107 V/cm is impressed between the electrodes of the photoelectric conversion device. - According to the invention, a photoelectric conversion device exhibiting high photoelectric conversion efficiency (high sensitivity) and low dark current and having high photoselection, an imaging device provided with the subject photoelectric conversion device, and a method for driving the subject photoelectric conversion device are obtainable.
- Each of
FIG. 1A ,FIG. 1B , andFIG. 1C is a schematic cross-sectional view of a photoelectric conversion device, andFIG. 1C is a schematic cross-sectional view of a photoelectric conversion device according to a first embodiment of the invention. -
FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an imaging device according to a second embodiment of the invention. -
FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an imaging device according to a third embodiment of the invention. -
FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an imaging device according to a fourth embodiment of the invention. -
FIG. 5 is a schematic partial surface view of an imaging device according to a fifth embodiment of the invention. -
FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an X-X line position ofFIG. 5 . - The invention is hereunder described in detail.
- The photoelectric conversion device according to the invention is a photoelectric conversion device comprising a first electrode, an electron blocking layer, a photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye, a hole blocking layer, and a transparent electrode as a second electrode in this order, wherein an absorption maximum wavelength in a thin film absorption spectrum of the photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye falls within the range of from 400 to 520 nm
- The photoelectric conversion layer according to the invention contains a merocyanine dye. An organic photoelectric conversion dye other than the merocyanine dye may be further contained. In addition, the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention may further comprise a photoelectric conversion layer containing an organic photoelectric conversion dye other than the merocyanine dye.
- As for the organic photoelectric conversion dye other than the merocyanine dye, coloring matters (dyes or pigments) that are a compound having an HOMO level shallower than an HOMO level of a fullerene and an LUMO level shallower than an LUMO level of a fullerene and having an absorption peak in a visible region (wavelength: 400 nm to 700 nm) may be useful. Examples thereof include an arylidene compound, a squarylium compound, a coumarin compound, an azo based compound, a porphyrin compound, a quinacridone compound, an anthraquinone compound, a phthalocyanine compound, an indigo compound, and a diketopyrrolopyrole compound.
- The merocyanine dye is described. In the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention, the absorption maximum wavelength in a thin film absorption spectrum of the photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye falls within the range of from 400 to 520 nm, preferably from 400 to 510 nm, and especially preferably from 400 to 500 nm. By allowing the absorption maximum wavelength to fall within the foregoing range, the photoselection against B light increases. Though the merocyanine dye which is used in the invention is not particularly limited so far as it may make the absorption maximum wavelength fall within the range of from 400 to 520 nm, it is preferably a dye represented by the following general formula (1).
- In the general formula (1), A11 represents a heterocyclic ring; n1 represents an integer of from 0 to 2; A12 represents a heterocyclic ring containing an sp2 carbon atom and a carbon atom of a carbonyl group or a thiocarbonyl group; each of R11 and R12 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; and B1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
- n1 represents an integer of from 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, and especially preferably 1.
- When n1 is 2, then each R11 and R12 may be the same as or different from every other R11 and R12.
- B1 is preferably an oxygen atom.
- Each of R11 and R12 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As for the substituents represented by R11 and R12, the following can be independently exemplified as a substituent W.
- Examples of the substituent W include a halogen atom, an alkyl group (inclusive of a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, and a tricycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (inclusive of a cycloalkenyl group and a bicycloalkenyl group), an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a silyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, an oxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an amino group (inclusive of an anilino group), an ammonio group, an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino group, a mercapto group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfo group, an alkyl- or arylsulfinyl group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonylamino group, an aryl or heterocyclic azo group, an imide group, a phosphoryl group, a phosphino group, a phosphinyl group, a phosphinyloxy group, a phosphinylamino group, a phosphono group, a silyl group, a hydrazino group, a ureido group, a boronic acid group (—B(OH)2), a phosphato group (—OPO(OH)2), a sulfato group (—OSO3H), and other known substituents.
- Each of R11 and R12 is independently preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a total carbon atom number of from 1 to 18 (more preferably from 1 to 4); more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, an oxycarbonyl group, an acylamino group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonylamino group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfinyl group, a phosphoryl group, a cyano group, an imino group, a halogen atom, a silyl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group; still more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group); and especially preferably a hydrogen atom.
- Each of R11 and R12 may independently further have a substituent. Examples of the further substituent include those exemplified above for the substituent W.
- R11 and R12 may be connected to each other to form a ring. Preferred examples of the ring to be formed include a cyclohexene ring, a cyclopentene ring, a benzene ring, and a thiophene ring.
- A11 represents a heterocyclic ring, preferably a 6-membered heterocyclic ring, and more preferably a heterocyclic ring containing at least one nitrogen atom. In addition, A11 is a divalent substituent in the structure of the general formula (1). As for this ring structure (Hw), a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a selenazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, an indolizine ring, an indole ring, a quinolidine ring, a quinoline ring, a phthalazine ring, a naphthylidine ring, a quinoxaline ring, a quinoxazoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a phenanthridine ring, an acridine ring, a phenanthroline ring, a phenazine ring, and aromatic condensed ring structures thereof are preferable. A more preferred ring structure is represented by the following general formula (2).
- In the general formula (2), Z21 represents an atomic group for forming a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R21 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; each of L21 and L22 represents a methine group; p2 represents an integer of 0 or 1; and : represents a substitution position in the general formula (1).
- Examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring formed by Z21 include those exemplified above for Hw. Preferred examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include an oxazole ring having a carbon atom number (hereinafter referring to a total sum of carbon atoms constituting the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring and carbon numbers of a substituent substituting on the ring) of from 3 to 25 (for example, 2-3-methyloxazolyl, 2-3-ethyloxazolyl, 2-3-sulfopropyloxazolyl, 2-6-dimethylamino-3-methylbenzoxazolyl, 2-3-ethylbenzoxazolyl, 2-3-sulfopropyl-γ-naphthoxazolyl, 2-3-ethyl-α-naphthoxazolyl, 2-3-methyl-β-naphthoxazolyl, 2-3-sulfopropyl-β-naphthoxazolyl, 2-5-chloro-3-ethyl-α-naphthoxazolyl, 2-5-chloro-3-ethylbenzoxazolyl, 2-5-chloro-3-sulfopropylbenzoxazolyl, 2-5,6-dichloro-3-sulfopropylbenzoxazolyl, 2-5-bromo-3-sulfopropylbenzoxazolyl, 2-3-ethyl-5-phenylbenzoxazolyl, 2-5-phenyl-3-sulfopropylbenzoxazolyl, 2-5-(4-bromophenyl)-3-sulfobutylbenzoxazolyl, 2-5-(1-pyrrolyl)-3-sulfopropylbenzoxazolyl, 2-5,6-dimethyl-3-sulfopropylbenzoxazolyl, 2-3-ethyl-5-methoxybenzoxazolyl, 2-3-ethyl-5-sulfobenzoxazolyl, 2-3-methyl-α-naphthoxazolyl, 2-3-ethyl-β-naphthoxazolyl, and 2-3-methyl-γ-naphthoxazolyl), a thiazole ring having a carbon atom number of from 3 to 25 (for example, 2-3-methylthiazolyl, 2-3-ethylthiazolyl, 2-3-sulfopropylthiazolyl, 2-3-methylbenzothiazolyl, 2-3-sulfopropylbenzothiazolyl, 2-3-methyl-α-naphthothiazolyl, 2-3-methyl-β-naphthothiazolyl, 2-3-ethyl-γ-naphthothiazolyl, 2-3,5-dimethylbenzothiazolyl, 2-5-chloro-3-ethylbenzothiazolyl, 2-5-chloro-3-sulfopropylbenzothiazolyl, 2-3-ethyl-5-iodobenzothiazolyl, 2-5-bromo-3-methylbenzothiazolyl, 2-3-ethyl-5-methoxybenzothiazolyl, and 2-5-phenyl-3-sulfopropylbenzothiazolyl), an imidazole ring having a carbon atom number of from 3 to 25 (for example, 2-1,3-dimethylimidazolyl, 2-1,3-diethylimidazolyl, 2-1,3-dimethylbenzimidazolyl, 2-5,6-dichloro-1,3-dimethylbenzimidazolyl, 2-5,6-dichloro-3-ethyl-1-sulfopropylbenzimidazolyl 2-5-chloro-6-cyano-1,3-diethylbenzimidazolyl, 2-5-chloro-1,3-diethyl-6-trifluoromethylbenzimidazolyl, 2-1,3-dimethyl-β-naphthimidazolyl, and 2-1,3-dimethyl-γ-naphthimidazolyl), an indolenine ring having a carbon atom number of from 10 to 30 (for example, 3,3-dimethyl-1-methylindolenine, 3,3-dimethyl-1-phenylindolenine, 3,3-dimethyl-1-pentylindolenine, 3,3-dimethyl-1-sulfopropylindolenine, 5-chloro-1,3,3-trimethylindolenine, 5-methoxy-1,3,3-trimethylindolenine, 5-carboxy-1,3,3-trimethylindolenine, 5-carbamoyl-1,3,3-trimethylindolenine, 1,3,3-trimethyl-4,5-benzindolenine, and 1,3,3-trimethyl-6,7-benzindolenine), a quinoline ring having a carbon atom number of from 9 to 25 (for example, 2-1-ethylquinolyl, 2-1-sulfobutylquinolyl, 4-1-pentylquinolyl, 4-1-sulfoethylquinolyl, and 4-1-methyl-7-chloroquinolyl), a selenazole ring having a carbon atom number of from 3 to 25 (for example, 2-3-methylbenzoselenazolyl), and a pyridine ring having a carbon atom number of from 5 to 25 (for example, 2-pyridyl and 4-pyridyl). Furthermore, other examples thereof include a thiazoline ring, an oxazoline ring, a selenazoline ring, a tellurazoline ring, a tellurazole ring, a benzotellurazole ring, an imidazoline ring, an imidazo[4,5-quinoxaline] ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, an indolizine ring, an indole ring, a quinolizine ring, a phthalazine ring, a naphthylidine ring, a quinoxaline ring, an quinoxazoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a phenanthridine ring, an acridine ring, a phenanthroline ring, and a phenazine ring.
- Such a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may have a substituent, and preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkynyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a mercapto group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphonic acid group, an acyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamoyl group, an acylamino group, an imino group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and carbamoylamino group. Of these, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an alkoxy group, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamoyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group are more preferable.
- The heterocyclic ring may be further condensed with another ring. Preferred examples of the ring with which the heterocyclic ring is condensed include a benzene ring, a benzofuran ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrrole ring, an indole ring, and a thiophene ring.
- The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferably an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyridine ring, a quinoline ring, or a 3,3-di-substituted indolenine ring.
- R21 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having a carbon atom number of from 1 to 20, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, benzyl, 3-sulfopropyl, 4-sulfobutyl, 3-methyl-3-sulfopropyl, 2′-sulfobenzyl, carboxymethyl, and 5-carboxypentyl), an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having a carbon atom number of from 2 to 20, for example, vinyl and allyl), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having a carbon atom number of from 6 to 20, for example, phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, and 1-naphthyl), or a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having a carbon atom number of from 1 to 20, for example, pyridyl, thienyl, furyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrrolidino, piperidino, and morpholino), more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and still more preferably an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having a carbon atom number of from 1 to 6).
- Each of L21 and L22 independently represents a methine group which may have a substituent (preferred examples of the substituent are the same as those exemplified above for the substituent W). Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a nitro group, a heterocyclic group, an aryloxy group, an acylamino group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkylthio group, and a cyano group. The substituent is more preferably an alkyl group.
- Each of L21 and L22 is preferably an unsubstituted methine group or a methine group substituted with an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon atom number of from 1 to 6), and more preferably an unsubstituted methine group.
- p2 represents an integer of 0 or 1, and preferably 0.
- Preferred examples of the structure of the foregoing general formula (2) include the following H-1 to H-13. In the structural formulae, : represents a substitution position in the general formula (1).
- In the foregoing formulae, each of W1 to W13 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; each of R101 to R121 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; each of m1 to m4 represents an integer of from 0 to 4; each of m5 to m13 represents an integer of from 0 to 6; and when each of m1 to m13 is 2 or more, then each of W1 to W13 may be the same as or different from every other W1 to W13.
- The substituent represented by each of W1 to W13 is a monovalent substituent, preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylamino group, a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, an oxycarbonyl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group. A total carbon atom umber thereof is preferably from 1 to 18, and more preferably from 1 to 6. Above all, the substituent represented by each of W1 to W13 is especially preferably a halogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. In H-1 to H-13, a number of substituents represented by each of W1 to W13 is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
- Each of the substituents represented by R101 to R121 can be independently selected from those exemplified above for the substituent W and is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and especially preferably an alkyl group. A total carbon atom umber thereof is preferably from 1 to 18, more preferably from 1 to 6, and still more preferably from 1 to 4. Above all, the substituent represented by each of R101 to R121 is especially preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group.
- A12 represents a heterocyclic ring containing an sp2 carbon atom and a carbon atom of a carbonyl group or a thiocarbonyl group. Though the heterocyclic group represented by A12 may be any heterocyclic group, it is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring, and more preferably a 6-membered heterocyclic ring. In addition, A12 is preferably an acidic nucleus of the merocyanine dye.
- The acidic nucleus as referred to herein is, for example, described in James ed., The Theory of the Photographic Process, 4th Edition, Macmillan Publishing Co., 1977, pages 197 to 200. Specifically, examples of the acidic nucleus include those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,567,719, 3,575,869, 3,804,634, 3,837,862, 4,002,480, and 4,925,777, JP-A-3-167549, and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,994,051 and 5,747,236.
- The acidic nucleus is preferably a heterocyclic ring composed of carbon, nitrogen, and/or a chalcogen (typically oxygen, sulfur, selenium, and tellurium) atom (preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring), and more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring composed of carbon, nitrogen, and/or a chalcogen (typically oxygen, sulfur, selenium, and tellurium) atom.
- Specifically, examples of the acidic nucleus include the following nuclei.
- Examples of the acidic nucleus include nuclei of 2-pyrazolin-5-one, pyrazolidine-3,5-dione, imidazolin-5-one, hydantoin, 2- or 4-thiohydantoin, 2-iminooxazolidin-4-one, 2-oxazolin-5-one, 2-thiooxazolidine-2,5-dione, 2-thiooxazoline-2,4-dione, isooxazolin-5-one, 2-thiazolin-4-one, thiazolidin-4-one, thiazolidine-2,4-dione, rhodanine, thiazolidine-2,4-dione, isorhodanine, indane-1,3-dione, thiophen-3-one, thiophen-3-one-1,1-dioxide, indolin-2-one, indolin-3-one, 2-oxoindazolinium, 3-oxoindazolinium, 5,7-dioxo-6,7-dihydrothiazolo[3,2-a]pyrimidine, cyclohexane-1,3-dione, 3,4-dihydroisoquinolin-4-one, 1,3-dioxane-4,6-dione, barbituric acid, 2-thiobarbituric acid, chroman-2,4-dione, indazolin-2-one, pyrido[1,2-a]pyrimidine-1,3-dione, pyrazolo[1,5-b]quinazolone, pyrazolo[1,5-a]benzimidazole, pyrazolopyridone, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-2,4-dione, 3-oxo-2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]thiophene-1,1-dioxide, and 3-dicyanomethine-2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]thiophene-1,1-dioxide.
- Such an acidic nucleus may be condensed with a ring or may be substituted with a substituent (for example, those exemplified above for W).
- A12 is more preferably hydantoin, 2- or 4-thiohydantoin, 2-oxazolin-5-one, 2-thiooxazoline-2,4-dione, thiazolidine-2,4-dione, rhodanine, thiazolidine-2,4-dithione, barbituric acid, or 2-thiobarbituric acid, especially preferably hydantoin, 2- or 4-thiohydantoin, 2-oxazolin-5-one, rhodanine, barbituric acid, or 2-thiobarbituric acid, and most preferably 2-thiobarbituric acid.
- A12 represents an atomic group capable of constituting a heterocyclic ring containing a thiocarbonyl group, preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring, and especially preferably a 6-membered ring. A12 is especially preferably thiobarbituric acid.
- The compound represented by the general formula (1) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
- In the general formula (3), A31 represents a heterocyclic ring; each of R31 and R32 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; n3 represents an integer of from 0 to 2; each of R33, R34, and R35 independently represents a divalent group capable of constituting a heterocyclic group which will become a 6-membered ring; and B3 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
- In the general formula (3), A31, R31, R32, n3, and B3 are synonymous with A11, R11, R12, n1, and B1 in the general formula (1), respectively, and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
- In the general formula (3), each of R33, R34, and R35 independently represents a divalent group capable of constituting a heterocyclic group which will become a 6-membered ring and represents a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, a methylene group, a methine group, or an imino group (N—R36), and preferably a carbonyl group or an imino group. In the case of an imino group, R36 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having a carbon atom number of from 1 to 12, an aryl group having a carbon atom number of from 6 to 12, or a heterocyclic group having a carbon atom number of from 2 to 12, and especially preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having a carbon atom number of from 1 to 6, and an aryl group having a carbon atom number of from 6 to 10. Above all, it is the most preferable that R33 represents a carbonyl group, and that each of R34 and R35 represents an imino group. Incidentally, each of R34 and R35 may be further condensed with a ring structure.
- Specific examples of the merocyanine dye are hereunder described, but it should not be construed that the invention is limited thereto.
- In the structural formulae of B4 and A4, “*” represents a bonding position to the double bond in the general formula (4).
- In the structural formulae of B4 and A4, “*” represents a bonding position to the double bond in the general formula (4).
- In the structural formulae of B5 and A5, “*” represents a bonding position to the double bond in the general formula (5).
- The compound according to the invention is a known compound such as usual merocyanine dyes, and these dye compounds can be synthesized by reference to dye documents regarding methine dyes as described later, and the like.
- An absorption maximum wavelength of the merocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) in a solution state (chloroform solution) in a visible region preferably falls within the range of from 400 to 500 nm. The use of the merocyanine dye having an absorption maximum wavelength falling within the foregoing range is preferable because the photoselection against B light increases, and the color mixing ratio of G light against B light is lowered, so that an imaging device with high color reproducibility can be constituted.
- As for the organic compound which is used for the photoelectric conversion layer, a compound having a π-conjugated electron is preferably used. It is preferable that this n-electron plane is not vertical to a substrate (electrode substrate) and is oriented at an angle close to parallel to the substrate as far as possible. The angle against the substrate is preferably 0° or more and not more than 80°, more preferably 0° or more and not more than 60°, still more preferably 0° or more and not more than 40°, yet still more preferably 0° or more and not more than 20°, especially preferably 0° or more and not more than 10°, and most preferably 0° (namely, in parallel to the substrate). A dye satisfying such a requirement is the foregoing merocyanine dye.
- In the invention, a color photoelectric conversion device in which BGR photoelectric conversion layers with good color reproducibility, namely three layers inclusive of a blue photoelectric conversion layer, a green photoelectric conversion layer, and a red photoelectric conversion layer, are stacked can be preferably used. As for the photoelectric conversion layer according to the invention, all of BGR photoelectric conversion layers can be fabricated by selecting a material to be used. However, it is preferable to use the compound represented by the foregoing general formula (1) for a blue photoelectric conversion layer.
- The compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably used as an organic p-type semiconductor.
- The photoelectric conversion layer preferably contains an organic p-type semiconductor (compound) and an organic n-type semiconductor (compound), and these may be any compound. In addition, though such a compound may or may not have absorption in visible and infrared regions, the case of using at least one compound (organic dye) having absorption in a visible region is preferable. Furthermore, colorless p-type compound and n-type compound may be used, and an organic dye may be added thereto.
- The organic p-type semiconductor (compound) is an organic semiconductor (compound) having donor properties and refers to an organic compound which is mainly represented by a hole transporting organic compound and which has such properties that it is liable to provide an electron. In more detail, the organic p-type semiconductor (compound) refers to an organic compound having a smaller ionization potential in two organic materials when they are brought into contact with each other and used. Accordingly, as for the organic compound having donor properties, any organic compound may be used so far as it is an electron donating organic compound. Useful examples thereof include triarylamine compounds, benzidine compounds, pyrazoline compounds, styrylamine compounds, hydrazone compounds, triphenylmethane compounds, carbazole compounds, polysilane compounds, thiophene compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, cyanine compounds, merocyanine compounds, oxonol compounds, polyamine compounds, indole compounds, pyrrole compounds, pyrazole compounds, polyarylene compounds, condensed aromatic carbocyclic compounds (for example, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene derivatives, phenanthrene derivatives, tetracene derivatives, pyrene derivatives, perylene derivatives, and fluoranthene derivatives), and metal complexes having, as a ligand, a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound. Incidentally, the invention is not limited to these compounds, and as described above, an organic compound having a smaller ionization potential than that of an organic compound to be used as an n-type compound (having acceptor properties) may be used as the organic semiconductor having donor properties.
- The organic n-type semiconductor (compound) is an organic semiconductor (compound) having acceptor properties and refers to an organic compound which is mainly represented by an electron transporting organic compound and which has such properties that it is liable to accept an electron. In more detail, the organic n-type semiconductor (compound) refers to an organic compound having a larger electron affinity in two organic compounds when they are brought into contact with each other and used. Accordingly, as for the organic compound having acceptor properties, any organic compound can be used so far as it is an electron accepting organic compound. Useful examples thereof include condensed aromatic carbocyclic compounds (for example, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene derivatives, phenanthrene derivatives, tetracene derivatives, pyrene derivatives, perylene derivatives, and fluoranthene derivatives), 5-membered to 7-membered heterocyclic compounds containing a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom (for example, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, triazine, quinoline, quinoxaline, quinazoline, phthalazine, cinnoline, isoquinoline, pteridine, acridine, phenazine, phenanthroline, tetrazole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiazole, oxazole, indazole, benzimidazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, carbazole, purine, triazolopyridazine, triazolopyrimidine, tetrazaindene, oxadiazole, imidazopyridine, pyralidine, pyrrolopyridine, and thiadiazolopyridine), polyarylene compounds, fluorene compounds, cyclopentadiene compounds, silyl compounds, and metal complexes having, as a ligand, a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound. Incidentally, the invention is not limited to these compounds, and as described above, an organic compound having a larger electron affinity than that of an organic compound to be used as an organic compound having donor properties may be used as the organic semiconductor having acceptor properties.
- Though any organic dye may be used as the organic dye to be used for the photoelectric conversion layer, the case of using a p-type organic dye or an n-type organic dye is preferable. Though any organic dye may be used as the organic dye, preferred examples thereof include cyanine dyes, styryl dyes, hemicyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes (inclusive of zeromethinemerocyanine (simple merocyanine)), trinuclear merocyanine dyes, tetranuclear merocyanine dyes, rhodacyanine dyes, complex cyanine dyes, complex merocyanine dyes, alopolar dyes, oxonol dyes, hemioxonol dyes, squarylium dyes, croconium dyes, azamethine dyes, coumarin dyes, arylidene dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, azo dyes, azomethine dyes, Spiro compounds, metallocene dyes, fluorenone dyes, flugide dyes, perylene dyes, perinone dyes, phenazine dyes, phenothiazine dyes, quinone dyes, diphenylmethane dyes, polyene dyes, acridine dyes, acridinone dyes, diphenylamine dyes, quinacridone dyes, quinophthalone dyes, phenoxazine dyes, phthaloperylene dyes, diketopyrrolopyrole dyes, dioxane dyes, porphyrin dyes, chlorophyll dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, metal complex dyes, and condensed aromatic carbocyclic dyes (for example, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene derivatives, phenanthrene derivatives, tetracene derivatives, pyrene derivatives, perylene derivatives, and fluoranthene derivatives).
- As for the color imaging device that is one of the objects of the invention, there may be the case where a methine dye having a high degree of freedom for the adjustment of absorption wavelength, such as cyanine dyes, styryl dyes, hemicyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, trinuclear merocyanine dyes, tetranuclear merocyanine dyes, rhodacyanine dyes, complex cyanine dyes, complex merocyanine dyes, alopolar dyes, oxonol dyes, hemioxonol dyes, squarylium dyes, croconium dyes, and azamethine dyes, gives adaptability to the wavelength.
- Details of these methine dyes are described in the following dye documents.
- F. M. Harmer, Heterocyclic Compounds—Cyanine Dyes and Related Compounds, John Wiley & Sons, New York and London, 1964; D. M. Stunner, Heterocyclic Compounds—Special topics in heterocyclic chemistry,
Chapter 18, Paragraph 14, pages 482 to 515, John Wiley & Sons, New York and London, 1977; Rodd Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, 2nd Ed., Vol. IV, Part B, 1977,Chapter 15, pages 369 to 422, Elsevier Science Publishing Company Inc., New York; and the like. - When the explanation is further added, dyes described in Research Disclosure (RD) 17643,
pages 23 to 24; RD 18716, page 648, right-hand column to page 649, right-hand column; RD 308119, page 996, right-hand column to page 998, right-hand column; and European Patent No. 0565096A1, page 65, lines 7 to 10 can be preferably used. In addition, dyes having a partial structure or a structure represented by a general formula or a specific example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,747,236 (in particular, pages 30 to 39), U.S. Pat. No. 5,994,051 (in particular, pages 32 to 43), and U.S. Pat. No. 5,340,694 (in particular, pages 21 to 58, with proviso that in the dyes represented by (XI), (XII) and (XIII), the number of each of n12, n15, n17 and n18 is not limited and is an integer of 0 or more (preferably not more than 4)) can be preferably used, too. - Next, a metal complex compound which can be used for the photoelectric conversion layer and other organic layer is described. The metal complex compound is a metal complex having a ligand containing at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as coordinated to a metal. Though a metal ion in the metal complex is not particularly limited, it is preferably a beryllium ion, a magnesium ion, an aluminum ion, a gallium ion, a zinc ion, an indium ion, or a tin ion; more preferably a beryllium ion, an aluminum ion, a gallium ion, or a zinc ion; and still more preferably an aluminum ion or a zinc ion. As the ligand which is contained in the metal complex, there are enumerated various known ligands. Examples thereof include ligands described in H. Yersin, Photochemistry and Photophysics of Coordination Compounds, Springer-Verlag, 1987; and Akio Yamamoto, Organometallic Chemistry—Principles and Applications, Shokabo Publishing Co., Ltd., 1982.
- The foregoing ligand is preferably a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand (having preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon atom number of from 2 to 20, and especially preferably a carbon atom number of from 3 to 15, which may be a monodentate ligand or a bidentate or polydentate ligand, with a bidentate ligand being preferable; and examples of which include a pyridine ligand, a bipyridyl ligand, a quinolinol ligand, and a hydroxyphenylazole ligand (for example, a hydroxyphenylbenzimidazole ligand, a hydroxyphenylbenzoxazole ligand, and a hydroxyphenylimidazole ligand), an alkoxy ligand (having preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 20, and especially preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 10, examples of which include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, and 2-ethylhexyloxy), an aryloxy ligand (having preferably a carbon atom number of from 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon atom number of from 6 to 20, and especially preferably a carbon atom number of from 6 to 12, examples of which include phenyloxy, 1-naphthyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyloxy, and 4-biphenyloxy), an aromatic heterocyclic oxy ligand (having preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 20, and especially preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 12, examples of which include pyridyloxy, pyrazyloxy, pyrimidyloxy, and quinolyloxy), an alkylthio ligand (having preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 20, and especially preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 12, examples of which include methylthio and ethylthio), an arylthio ligand (having preferably a carbon atom number of from 6 to 30, more preferably a carbon atom number of from 6 to 20, and especially preferably a carbon atom number of from 6 to 12, examples of which include phenylthio), a heterocyclic ring-substituted thio ligand (having preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 20, and especially preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 12, examples of which include pyridylthio, 2-benzimidazolylthio, 2-benzoxazolylthio, and 2-benzothiazolylthio), or a siloxy ligand (having preferably a carbon atom number of from 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon atom number of from 3 to 25, and especially preferably a carbon atom number of from 6 to 20, examples of which include a triphenylsiloxy group, a triethoxysiloxy group, and a triisopropylsiloxy group); more preferably a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand, an aryloxy ligand, an aromatic heterocyclic oxy ligand, or a siloxy ligand; and still more preferably a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ligand, an aryloxy ligand, or a siloxy ligand.
- In the photoelectric conversion layer having a layer of a p-type semiconductor and a layer of an n-type semiconductor (preferably a mixed or dispersed (bulk heterojunction structure) layer) between a pair of electrodes, the case of a photoelectric conversion layer which is characterized by containing an orientation-controlled organic compound in at least one of the p-type semiconductor and the n-type semiconductor is preferable.
- A layer containing such an organic compound is deposited by a dry deposition method or a wet deposition method. Specific examples of the dry deposition method include physical vapor deposition methods such as a vacuum vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, an ion plating method, and an MBE method, and CVD methods such as plasma polymerization. Examples of the wet deposition method include a casting method, a spin coating method, a dipping method, and an LB method.
- In the case of using a polymer compound as at least one of the p-type semiconductor (compound) and the n-type semiconductor (compound), it is preferable that the deposition is achieved by a wet deposition method which is easy for the fabrication. In the case of adopting a dry deposition method such as vapor deposition, the use of a polymer compound is difficult because of possible occurrence of decomposition. Accordingly, its oligomer can be preferably used as a replacement.
- On the other hand, in the invention, in the case of using a low molecular weight compound, a dry deposition method is preferably adopted, and a vacuum vapor deposition method is especially preferably adopted. In the vacuum vapor deposition method, a method for heating a compound such as a resistance heating vapor deposition method and an electron beam heating vapor deposition method, the shape of a vapor deposition source such as a crucible and a boat, a degree of vacuum, a vapor deposition temperature, a substrate temperature, a vapor deposition rate, and the like are a basic parameter. In order to make it possible to achieve uniform vapor deposition, it is preferable that the vapor deposition is carried out while rotating the substrate. A high degree of vacuum is preferable. The vacuum vapor deposition is carried out at a degree of vacuum of not more than 10−4 Ton, preferably not more than 10−6 Torr, and especially preferably not more than 10−8 Torr. It is preferable that all steps at the time of vapor deposition are carried out in vacuo. Basically, the vacuum vapor position is carried out in such a manner that the compound does not come into direct contact with the external oxygen and moisture. The foregoing condition of the vacuum vapor deposition is required to be strictly controlled because it affects crystallinity, amorphous properties, density, compactness, and the like of the organic layer. It is preferably employed to subject the vapor deposition rate to PI or PID control using a layer thickness monitor such as a quartz oscillator and an interferometer. In the case of vapor depositing two or more kinds of compounds at the same time, a co-vapor deposition method, a flash vapor deposition method, and the like can be preferably adopted.
- In the case of using the photoelectric conversion layer according to the invention as a color imaging device (image sensor), for the purposes of enhancing the photoelectric conversion efficiency and further improving color separation without passing excessive light through a lower layer, a light absorptance of the photoelectric conversion layer of each of B, G and R layers is preferably regulated to 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, especially preferably 90% (absorbance=1) or more, and most preferably 99% or more. Accordingly, from the standpoint of light absorption, it is preferable that the layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer is thick as far as possible. However, taking into consideration a proportion for contributing to the charge separation, the layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer in the invention is preferably 30 nm or more and not more than 400 nm, more preferably 50 nm or more and not more than 300 nm, especially preferably 80 nm or more and not more than 250 nm, and most preferably 100 nm or more and not more than 200 nm.
- The case of impressing voltage to the photoelectric conversion layer according to the invention is preferable in view of enhancing the photoelectric conversion efficiency. Though any voltage may be useful as the voltage to be impressed, necessary voltage varies with the layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer. That is, the larger an electric field to be added in the photoelectric conversion layer, the more enhanced the photoelectric conversion efficiency is. However, even when the same voltage is impressed, the thinner the layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer, the larger the electric field to be added is. Accordingly, in the case where the layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion film is thin, the voltage to be impressed may be relatively small. The electric field to be impressed to the photoelectric conversion layer is preferably 1×10−2 V/cm or more, more preferably 1×10 V/cm or more, still more preferably 1×103 V/cm or more, especially preferably 1×104 V/cm or more, and most preferably 1×105 V/cm or more. Though there is no particular upper limit, when the electric field is excessively added, an electric current flows even in a dark place, and therefore, such is not preferable. The electric field is preferably not more than 1×1010 V/cm, and more preferably not more than 1×107 V/cm.
- In the invention, the photoelectric conversion device has preferably a configuration in which at least two layers are stacked, more preferably a configuration in which three layers or four layers are stacked, and especially preferably a configuration in which three layers are stacked. In these cases, at least one layer is a photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye.
- In the invention, such a photoelectric conversion device can be preferably used as an imaging device, and especially preferably as a solid-sate imaging device. In addition, in the invention, the case where voltage is impressed to the photoelectric conversion layer, the photoelectric conversion device, or the imaging device is preferable.
- The case where the photoelectric conversion device in the invention has a photoelectric conversion layer having a stacked structure in which a layer of the p-type semiconductor and a layer of the n-type semiconductor are disposed between a pair of electrodes is preferable. In addition, the case where at least one of the p-type semiconductor and the n-type semiconductor contains an organic compound is preferable; and the case where both the p-type semiconductor and the n-type semiconductor contain an organic compound is more preferable.
- In the invention, the case containing a photoelectric conversion layer (photosensitive layer) having a p-type semiconductor layer and an n-type semiconductor layer between a pair of electrodes, with at least one of the p-type semiconductor layer and the n-type semiconductor layer being an organic semiconductor, and a bulk heterojunction structure layer containing the p-type semiconductor and the n-type semiconductor as an interlayer between these semiconductor layers is preferable. In such case, in the photoelectric conversion layer, by allowing a bulk heterojunction structure to contain in the organic layer, a drawback that the organic layer has a short carrier diffusion length is compensated, thereby enhancing the photoelectric conversion efficiency.
- Incidentally, the bulk heterojunction structure is described in detail in JP-A-2005-303266.
- In the invention, the case containing a photoelectric conversion layer (photosensitive layer) having a structure having the number of a repeating structure (tandem structure) of a pn junction layer formed of the p-type semiconductor layer and the n-type semiconductor layer between a pair of electrodes of 2 or more is preferable. In addition, a thin layer made of an electrically conductive material may be inserted between the foregoing repeating structures. The electrically conductive material is preferably silver or gold, and most preferably silver. The number of the repeating structure (tandem structure) of a pn junction layer may be any number. For the purpose of increasing the photoelectric conversion efficiency, the number of the repeating structure (tandem structure) of a pn junction layer is preferably 2 or more and not more than 100, more preferably 2 or more and not more than 50, especially preferably 5 or more and not more than 40, and most preferably 10 or more and not more than 30.
- In the invention, though the semiconductor having a tandem structure may be made of an inorganic material, it is preferably an organic semiconductor, and more preferably an organic dye.
- Incidentally, the tandem structure is described in detail in JP-A-2005-303266.
- As one of preferred embodiments of the invention, in the case where voltage is not impressed to the photoelectric conversion layer, it is preferable that at least two photoelectric conversion layers are stacked. The stacked imaging device is not particularly limited, and all stacked imaging devices which are used in this field are applicable. However, a BGR three-layer stacked structure is preferable.
- Next, for example, the solid-state imaging device according to the invention has a photoelectric conversion layer shown in the present embodiment. Then, the solid-state imaging device is provided with a stack type photoelectric conversion layer on a scanning circuit part. For the scanning circuit part, a configuration in which an MOS transistor is formed on a semiconductor substrate for every pixel unit or a configuration having CCD as an imaging device can be properly adopted.
- For example, in the case of a solid-state imaging device using an MOS transistor, a charge is generated in a photoelectric conversion layer by incident light which has transmitted through electrodes; the charge runs to the electrodes within the photoelectric conversion layer by an electric field generated between the electrodes by impressing voltage to the electrodes; and the charge is further transferred to a charge accumulating part of the MOS transistor and accumulated in the charge accumulating part. The charge accumulated in the charge accumulating part is transferred to a charge read-out part by switching of the MOS transistor and further outputted as an electric signal. In this way, full-color image signals are inputted in a solid-state imaging apparatus including a signal processing part.
- As for such a stacked imaging device, solid color imaging devices represented by those described in FIG. 2 of JP-A-58-103165 and in FIG. 2 of JP-A-58-103166 and the like can also be applied.
- As for the manufacturing step of the foregoing stack type imaging device, preferably a three-layer stack type imaging device, a method described in JP-A-2002-83946 (see FIGS. 7 to 23 and paragraphs [0026] to [0038] of this patent document) can be applied.
- The photoelectric conversion device of a preferred embodiment of the invention is hereunder described.
- The photoelectric conversion device according to the invention is preferably comprised of an electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site and a charge accumulation of charge generated by photoelectric conversion/transfer/read-out site.
- In the invention, the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site has a stack type structure made of at least two layers, which is capable of at least absorbing each of blue light, green light, and red light and undergoing photoelectric conversion. A blue light photoelectric conversion layer (absorbing layer) (B) is able to absorb at least light of 400 nm or more and not more than 500 nm and preferably has an absorptance of a peak wavelength in that wavelength region of 50% or more. A green light photoelectric conversion layer (absorbing layer) (G) is able to absorb at least light of 500 nm or more and not more than 600 nm and preferably has an absorptance of a peak wavelength in that wavelength region of 50% or more. A red light photoelectric conversion layer (absorbing layer) (R) is able to absorb at least light of 600 nm or more and not more than 700 nm and preferably has an absorptance of a peak wavelength in that wavelength region of 50% or more. The order of these layers is not limited. In the case of a three-layer stack type structure, orders of BGR, BRG, GBR, GRB, RBG and RGB from the upper layer (light incident side) are possible. It is preferable that the uppermost layer is G. In the case of a two-layer stack type structure, when the upper layer is an R layer, BG layers are formed as the lower layer in the same planar state; when the upper layer is a B layer, GR layers are formed as the lower layer in the same planar state; and when the upper layer is a G layer, BR layers are formed as the lower layer in the same planar state. Preferably, the upper layer is formed of a G layer, and the lower layer is formed of BR layers in the same planar state. In the case where two light absorbing layers are provided in the same planar state of the lower layer in this way, it is preferable that a filter layer capable of undergoing color separation is provided in, for example, a mosaic state on the upper layer or between the upper layer and the lower layer. Under some circumstances, it is possible to provide a fourth or polynomial layer as a new layer or in the same planar state.
- In the invention, the charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site is provided under the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site. It is preferable that the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site which is the lower layer also serves as the charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site.
- In the invention, the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site is made of an organic layer or an inorganic layer or a mixture of an organic layer and an inorganic layer. The organic layer may form B/G/R layers, or the inorganic layer may form B/G/R layers. Preferably, the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site is made of a mixture of an organic layer and an inorganic layer. In that case, basically, when the organic layer is made of a single layer, the inorganic layer is made of a single layer or two layers; and when the organic layer is made of two layers, the inorganic layer is made of a single layer. In the case where each of the organic layer and the inorganic layer is made of a single layer, the inorganic layer forms electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites of two or more colors in the same planar state. Preferably, the upper layer is made of an organic layer and constituted of a G layer, and the lower layer is made of an inorganic layer and constituted of a B layer and an R layer in this order from the upper side. Under some circumstances, it is possible to provide a fourth or polynomial layer as a new layer or in the same planar state. When the organic layer forms B/G/R layers, a charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site is provided thereunder. In the case of using an inorganic layer as the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site, this inorganic layer also serves as the charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site.
- In the invention, the following is an especially preferred embodiment among the devices described above.
- That is, the preferred embodiment is the case having at least two electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites, with at least one site thereof being the photoelectric conversion device (imaging device) according to the invention.
- Furthermore, the case of a device in which at least two electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites have a stack type structure of at least two layers is preferable. Furthermore, the case where the upper layer is made of a site capable of absorbing green light and undergoing photoelectric conversion is preferable.
- In addition, the case having at least three electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites, with at least one site thereof being the photoelectric conversion device (imaging device) according to the invention, is especially preferable.
- Furthermore, the case of a device in which the upper layer is made of a site capable of absorbing green light and undergoing photoelectric conversion is preferable. Furthermore, the case where at least two electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites of the three sites are made of an inorganic layer (which is preferably formed within a silicon substrate) is preferable.
- Since the hole blocking layer is required to make light incident into the photoelectric conversion layer, it is constituted of a material which is transparent against light of from a visible region to an infrared region. In addition, at the time of impressing bias voltage between a first electrode (lower electrode) and a second electrode (upper electrode), the hole blocking layer has a function to suppress the injection of a hole from the upper electrode to the photoelectric conversion layer. Furthermore, the hole blocking layer is required to bring about a function to transport an electron generated in the photoelectric conversion layer into the upper electrode. Incidentally, in the case where the lower electrode is an electrode for collecting an electron, the hole blocking layer may be provided between the photoelectric conversion layer and the lower electrode.
- In the case of directly fabricating an upper electrode without depositing a hole blocking layer on the photoelectric conversion layer, there may be the case where the photoelectric conversion layer is damaged at the time of depositing an upper electrode, an organic material constituting the photoelectric conversion layer and a material of the upper electrode cause an interaction, or a localized level is newly formed at the interface between the photoelectric conversion layer and the upper electrode. The hole blocking layer prevents occurrence of an increase of dark current to be caused by the promotion of hole injection from the upper electrode via this localized level, and it is preferable that the hole blocking layer is constituted of a stable inorganic material which hardly causes an interaction with either one or both of the material of the photoelectric conversion layer and the material of the upper electrode. In addition, since the number of localized levels is in proportion to an area of the interface with the upper electrode, for the purpose of making this electrode interface smooth as far as possible, it is preferable that the hole blocking layer is amorphous. Furthermore, in order that after the formation of the photoelectric conversion layer, the incorporation of water, oxygen, and the like which deteriorate the photoelectric conversion layer may be prevented from occurring, the hole blocking layer is preferably made of a material capable of being deposited by a physical vapor deposition method from which it can be fabricated consistently together with the photoelectric conversion layer and the upper electrode under a vacuum condition, such as a vacuum vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, an ion plating method, and a molecular beam epitaxy method.
- The hole blocking layer preferably contains an inorganic material.
- Examples of the inorganic material which satisfies the foregoing requirements include oxides. Specific examples thereof include aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, manganese oxide, iron oxide, cobalt oxide, zinc oxide, niobium oxide, molybdenum oxide, cadmium oxide, indium oxide, tin oxide, barium oxide, tantalum oxide, tungsten oxide, and iridium oxide. Such an oxide is more preferably an oxide which is shorter in oxygen than a fixed ratio composition (stoichiometric composition) because the electron transporting properties are increased. By forming the hole blocking layer constituted of such an inorganic material between the photoelectric conversion layer and the upper electrode for collecting an electron, it is possible to realize an organic photoelectric conversion device which suppresses the hole injection from the upper electrode to reduce a dark current and from which a high SN ratio is obtained, without reducing the external quantum efficiency.
- A thickness of the hole blocking layer is preferably 5 nm or more and not more than 200 nm, more preferably 10 nm or more and not more than 150 nm, and especially preferably 20 nm or more and not more than 100 nm.
- For the electron blocking layer, an electron donating organic material can be used, and it preferably contains an organic electron blocking material. Specifically, examples of a low molecular weight material which can be used include aromatic diamine compounds such as N,N′-bis(3-methylphenyl)-(1,1′-biphenyl)-4,4′-diamine (TPD) and 4,4′-bis[N-(naphthyl)-N-phenyl-amino]biphenyl (α-NPD), oxazole, oxadiazole, triazole, imidazole, imidazolone, stilbene derivatives, pyrazoline derivatives, tetrahydroimidazole, polyarylalkanes, butadiene, 4,4′,4″-tris(N-(3-methylphenyl)-N-phenylamino)triphenylamine (m-MTDATA), porphyrin compounds such as porphine, tetraphenylporphine copper, phthalocyanine, copper phthalocyanine, and titanium phthalocyanine oxide, triazole derivatives, oxadiazole derivatives, imidazole derivatives, polyarylalkane derivatives, pyrazoline derivatives, pyrazolone derivatives, phenylenediamine derivatives, arylamine derivatives, amino-substituted chalcone derivatives, oxazole derivatives, styrylanthracene derivatives, fluorenone derivatives, hydrazone derivatives, and silazane derivatives. Examples of a polymer material which can be used include polymers of, for example, phenylenevinylene, fluorene, carbazole, indole, pyrene, pyrrole, picoline, thiophene, acetylene, diacetylene, or the like, and derivatives of these polymers. It is also possible to use even a compound which is not an electron donating compound but has sufficient hole transporting properties.
- A thickness of the electron blocking layer is preferably 10 nm or more and not more than 300 nm, more preferably 30 nm or more and not more than 200 nm, and especially preferably 50 nm or more and not more than 150 nm. This is because when this thickness is too thin, the effect for suppressing a dark current is lowered, whereas when it is too thick, the photoelectric conversion efficiency is lowered. In addition, specific examples of a compound which is preferable as the electron blocking material include Compounds (1) to (16) described in JP-A-2007-59517, paragraphs [0036] to [0037], TPD, and m-MTDATA.
- The photoelectric conversion device of the invention includes a first electrode, an electron blocking layer, a photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye, a hole blocking layer, and a transparent electrode that is a second electrode in this order. The first electrode and the second electrode form a counter electrode to each other. Preferably, a lower layer is a pixel electrode.
- It is preferable that the first electrode collects a hole from the hole transporting photoelectric conversion layer or the hole transporting layer, and it is made of a material for which a metal, an alloy, a metal oxide, an electrically conductive compound, or a mixture thereof can be used. In addition, the first electrode is preferably a transparent electrode. It is preferable that the transparent electrode that is the second electrode collects an electron from the electron transporting photoelectric conversion layer or the electron transporting layer and is selected taking into consideration adhesiveness to or electron affinity with an adjacent layer such as the electron transporting photoelectric conversion layer and the electron transporting layer, ionization potential, stability, and the like. Specific examples thereof include tin oxides doped with antimony, fluorine, or the like (for example, ATO and FTO), electrically conductive metal oxides such as tin oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide, and indium tin oxide (ITO), metals such as gold, silver, chromium, and nickel, mixtures or stacks of such a metal and such an electrically conductive oxide, inorganic electrically conductive substances such as copper iodide and copper sulfide, organic electrically conductive materials such as polyaniline, polythiophene, and polypyrrole, and stacks of a silicon compound and the foregoing material with ITO. Of these, electrically conductive metal oxides are preferable, and ITO and IZO are especially preferable from the standpoints of productivity, high electric conductivity, transparency, and the like. Though the layer thickness can be properly selected depending upon the material, in general, when the electrically conductive layer is made thinner than a certain range, an abrupt increase of resistivity value is brought. Thus, in general, the layer thickness is preferably a range of 1 nm or more and not more than 1 μm, more preferably a range of 3 nm or more and not more than 300 nm, and still more preferably a range of 5 nm or more and not more than 100 nm. A sheet resistance of the electrode is preferably from 100 to 10,000Ω/□.
- For the fabrication of the pixel electrode and the counter electrode, though various methods are adopted depending upon the material, the method can be selected taking into consideration the adaptability to the electrode material. Specifically, the pixel electrode and the counter electrode can be formed by a wet system such as a printing system and a coating system, a physical system such as a vacuum vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, and an ion plating method, or a chemical system such as a CVD method and a plasma CVD method. In the case of ITO, the layer is formed by a method such as an electron beam method, a sputtering method, a resistance heating vapor deposition method, a chemical reaction method (for example, a sol-gel method), and coating of a dispersion of indium tin oxide. In the case of ITO, a UV-ozone treatment, a plasma treatment, or the like can be applied.
- In the invention, it is preferable that the transparent electrode layer is fabricated in a plasma-free state. By fabricating the transparent electrode layer in a plasma-free state, it is possible to minimize influences of the plasma to the substrate and to make the photoelectric conversion characteristics good. The plasma-free state as referred to herein means a state where a plasma is not generated during the deposition of a transparent electrode layer, or a distance from a plasma generation source to the substrate is 2 cm or more, preferably 10 cm or more, and still more preferably 20 cm or more, thereby reducing the plasma reaching the substrate.
- Examples of a device in which plasma is not generated during the deposition of a transparent electrode layer include an electron beam vapor deposition apparatus (EB vapor deposition apparatus) and a pulse laser vapor deposition apparatus. As for the EB vapor deposition apparatus or pulse laser vapor deposition apparatus, apparatuses described in Developments of Transparent Conducting Films, supervised by Yutaka Sawada (published by CMC Publishing Co., Ltd., 1999); Developments of Transparent Conducting Films II, supervised by Yutaka Sawada (published by CMC Publishing Co., Ltd., 2002); Technologies of Transparent Conducting Films, written by Japan Society for the Promotion of Science (published by Ohmsha, Ltd., 1999); and references as added therein can be used. In the following, the method for achieving deposition of a transparent electrode layer using an EB vapor deposition apparatus is referred to as “EB vapor deposition method”; and the method for achieving deposition of a transparent electrode layer using a pulse laser vapor deposition apparatus is referred to as “pulse laser vapor deposition method”. As for the apparatus capable of realizing the state where a distance from the plasma generation source to the substrate is 2 cm or more, and the plasma reaching the substrate is reduced (hereinafter referred to as “plasma-free deposition apparatus”), for example, a counter target type sputtering apparatus and an arc plasma vapor deposition method may be thought. As for these matters, apparatuses described in Developments of Transparent Conducting Films, supervised by Yutaka Sawada (published by CMC Publishing Co., Ltd., 1999); Developments of Transparent Conducting Films II, supervised by Yutaka Sawada (published by CMC Publishing Co., Ltd., 2002); Technologies of Transparent Conducting Films, written by Japan Society for the Promotion of Science (published by Ohmsha, Ltd., 1999); and references as added therein can be used.
- The electrode of the organic electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site according to the invention is hereunder described in more detail. The photoelectric conversion layer of an organic layer is interposed between a pixel electrode layer and a counter electrode layer and can contain an interelectrode material or the like. The “pixel electrode layer” as referred to herein refers to an electrode layer fabricated above a substrate in which a charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site is formed and is usually divided for every one pixel. This is made for the purpose of obtaining an image by reading out a signal charge which has been converted by the photoelectric conversion layer on a charge accumulation/transfer/signal read-out circuit substrate for every one pixel. The “counter electrode layer” as referred to herein has a function to discharge a signal charge having a reversed polarity to a signal charge by interposing the photoelectric conversion layer together with the pixel electrode layer. Since this discharge of a signal charge is not required to be divided among the respective pixels, the counter electrode layer can be usually made common among the respective pixels. Accordingly, the counter electrode layer is sometimes called a common electrode layer.
- The photoelectric conversion layer is positioned between the pixel electrode layer and the counter electrode layer. The photoelectric conversion function functions by the pixel electrode layer and the counter electrode layer as well as this photoelectric convention layer.
- As examples of the configuration of the photoelectric conversion layer stack, first of all, in the case where one organic layer is stacked on a substrate, there is enumerated a configuration in which a pixel electrode layer (basically a transparent electrode layer), a photoelectric conversion layer, and a counter electrode layer (transparent electrode layer) are stacked in this order from the substrate. However, it should not be construed that the invention is limited thereto.
- Furthermore, in the case where two organic layers are stacked on a substrate, for example, there is enumerated a configuration in which a pixel electrode layer (basically a transparent electrode layer), a photoelectric conversion layer, a counter electrode layer (transparent electrode layer), an interlaminar insulating layer, a pixel electrode layer (basically a transparent electrode layer), a photoelectric conversion layer, and a counter electrode layer (transparent electrode layer) are stacked in this order from the substrate.
- As the material of the transparent electrode layer constituting the photoelectric conversion site according to the invention, materials which can be deposited by a plasma-free deposition apparatus, EB vapor deposition apparatus or pulse laser vapor deposition apparatus. For example, metals, alloys, metal oxides, metal nitrides, metal borides, organic electrically conductive compounds, and mixtures thereof are suitably enumerated. Specific examples thereof include electrically conductive metal oxides such as tin oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide, indium zinc oxide (IZO), indium tin oxide (ITO), and indium tungsten oxide (IWO); metal nitrides such as titanium nitride; metals such as gold, platinum, silver, chromium, nickel, and aluminum; mixtures or stacks of such a metal and such an electrically conductive metal oxide; inorganic electrically conductive substances such as copper iodide and copper sulfide; organic electrically conductive materials such as polyaniline, polythiophene, and polypyrrole; and stacks thereof with ITO. In addition, materials described in detail in Developments of Transparent Conducting Films, supervised by Yutaka Sawada (published by CMC Publishing Co., Ltd., 1999); Developments of Transparent Conducting Films II, supervised by Yutaka Sawada (published by CMC Publishing Co., Ltd., 2002); Technologies of Transparent Conducting Films, written by Japan Society for the Promotion of Science (published by Ohmsha, Ltd., 1999); and references as added therein may be used.
- As the material of the transparent electrode layer, any one material of ITO, IZO, SnO2, ATO (antimony-doped tin oxide), ZnO, AZO (Al-doped zinc oxide), GZO (gallium-doped zinc oxide), TiO2, or FTO (fluorine-doped tin oxide) is especially preferable.
- A light transmittance of the transparent electrode layer is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 80% or more, still more preferably 90% or more, and yet still more preferably 95% or more at a photoelectric conversion light absorption peak wavelength of the photoelectric conversion layer which is included in a photoelectric conversion device including that transparent electrode layer. In addition, as for a surface resistance of the transparent electrode layer, its preferred range varies depending upon whether the transparent electrode layer is a pixel electrode or a counter electrode, whether the charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site is of a CCD structure or a CMOS structure, or the like. In the case where the transparent electrode layer is used for a counter electrode, and the charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site is of a CMOS structure, the surface resistance of the transparent electrode layer is preferably not more than 10,000Ω/□, and more preferably not more than 1,000Ω/□. In the case where the transparent electrode layer is used for a counter electrode, and the charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site is of a CCD structure, the surface resistance of the transparent electrode layer is preferably not more than 1,000Ω/□, and more preferably not more than 100Ω/□. In the case where the transparent electrode layer is used for a pixel electrode, the surface resistance of the transparent electrode layer is preferably not more than 1,000,000Ω/□ and more preferably not more than 100,000Ω/□.
- Conditions at the time of deposition of a transparent electrode layer are hereunder mentioned. A substrate temperature at the time of deposition of a transparent electrode layer is preferably not higher than 500° C., more preferably not higher than 300° C., still more preferably not higher than 200° C., and yet still further preferably not higher than 150° C. In addition, a gas may be introduced during the deposition of a transparent electrode layer. Basically, though the gas species is not limited, Ar, He, oxygen, nitrogen, and the like can be used. In addition, a mixed gas of such gases may be used. In particular, in the case of an oxide material, since oxygen deficiency often occurs, it is preferable to use oxygen.
- An inorganic layer as the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site is hereunder described. In that case, light which has passed through the organic layer as the upper layer is subjected to photoelectric conversion in the inorganic layer. As for the inorganic layer, pn junction or pin junction of crystalline silicon, amorphous silicon, or a chemical semiconductor such as GaAs is generally used. As for the stack type structure, a method disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,965,875 can be adopted. That is, a configuration in which a light receiving part as stacked by utilizing wavelength dependency of a coefficient of absorption of silicon is formed, and color separation is carried out in a depth direction thereof. In that case, since the color separation is carried out in a light penetration depth of silicon, a spectrum range as detected in each of the stacked light receiving parts becomes broad. However, by using the foregoing organic layer as the upper layer, namely by detecting the light which has transmitted through the organic layer in the depth direction of silicon, the color separation is remarkably improved. In particular, when a G layer is disposed in the organic layer, light which has transmitted through the organic layer becomes B light and R light, and therefore, only BR lights are subjective to separation of light in the depth direction in silicon, and the color separation is improved. Even in the case where the organic layer is a B layer or an R layer, by properly selecting the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site of silicon in the depth direction, the color separation is remarkably improved. In the case where the organic layer is made of two layers, the function as the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site of silicon may be brought for only one color, and preferred color separation can be achieved.
- The inorganic layer preferably has a structure in which plural photodiodes are superposed for every pixel in a depth direction within the semiconductor substrate, and a color signal according to a signal charge generated in each of the photodiodes by light to be absorbed in the foregoing plural photodiodes is read out into the external. Preferably, the foregoing plural photodiodes contain at least one of a first photodiode which is provided in the depth for absorbing B light and a second photodiode which is provided in the depth for absorbing R light and are provided with a color signal read-out circuit for reading out a color signal according to the foregoing signal charge generated in each of the foregoing plural photodiodes. According to this configuration, it is possible to carry out color separation without using a color filter. In addition, under some circumstances, since light of a negative sensitive component can also be detected, it becomes possible to realize color imaging with good color reproducibility. In addition, in the invention, it is preferable that a junction part of the foregoing first photodiode is formed in a depth of up to about 0.2 μm from the semiconductor substrate surface and that a junction part of the foregoing second photodiode is formed in a depth of up to about 2 μm from the semiconductor substrate surface.
- The inorganic layer is hereunder described in more detail. Preferred examples of the configuration of the inorganic layer include a photoconductive type, a p-n junction type, a shotkey junction type, a PIN junction type, a light receiving device of an MSM (metal-semiconductor-metal) type, and a light receiving device of a phototransistor type. In the invention, it is preferable to use a light receiving device in which a plural number of a first electrically conductive type region and a second electrically conductive type region which is a reversed electrically conductive type to the first electrically conductive type are alternately stacked within a single semiconductor substrate, and each of the junction planes of the first electrically conductive type region and the second electrically conductive type region is formed in a depth suitable for subjecting mainly plural lights of a different wavelength region to photoelectric conversion. The single semiconductor substrate is preferably monocrystalline silicon, and the color separation can be carried out by utilizing absorption wavelength characteristics which rely upon the depth direction of the silicon substrate.
- As the inorganic semiconductor, an InGaN based, InAlN based, InAlP based, or InGaAlP based inorganic semiconductor can also be used. The InGaN based inorganic semiconductor is an inorganic semiconductor which is adjusted so as to have a maximum absorption value within a blue wavelength range by properly changing the In-containing composition. That is, the composition becomes InxGa1-xN (0<x<1).
- Such a compound semiconductor is manufactured by adopting a metal organic chemical vapor deposition method (MOCVD method). As for the InAlN based nitride semiconductor using, as a raw material, Al of the Group 13 similar to Ga, it can be used as a short wavelength light receiving part similar to the InGaN based semiconductor. In addition, InAlP or InGaAlP lattice-matching with a GaAs substrate can also be used.
- The inorganic semiconductor may be of a buried structure. The “buried structure” as referred to herein refers to a configuration in which the both ends of a short wavelength light receiving part are covered by a semiconductor different from the short wavelength light receiving part. The semiconductor for covering the both ends is preferably a semiconductor having a band gap wavelength shorter than or equal to a hand gap wavelength of the short wavelength light receiving part.
- The organic layer and the inorganic layer may be bound to each other in any form. In addition, for the purpose of electrically insulating the organic layer and the inorganic layer from each other, it is preferable to provide an insulating layer therebetween.
- As for the junction, npn junction or pnpn junction from the light incident side is preferable. In particular, the pnpn junction is more preferable because by providing a p layer on the surface and increasing a potential of the surface, it is possible to trap a hole generated in the vicinity of the surface and a dark current and to reduce the dark current.
- In such a photodiode, when an n-type layer, a p-type layer, an n-type layer, and a p-type layer which are successively diffused from the p-type silicon substrate surface are deeply formed in this order, the pn junction diode is formed of four layers of pnpn in a depth direction of silicon. As for the light which has come into the diode from the surface side, the longer the wavelength, the deeper the light penetration is, and the incident wavelength and the attenuation coefficient exhibit values inherent to silicon. Accordingly, the photodiode is designed in such a manner that the depth of the pn junction plane covers respective wavelength bands of visible light. Similarly, a junction diode of three layers of npn is obtained by forming an n-type layer, a p-type layer, and n-type layer in this order. Here, a light signal is collected from the n-type layer, and the p-type layer is connected to a ground wire. In addition, when a collection electrode is provided in each region, and a prescribed reset potential is impressed, each region is depleted, and the capacity of each junction part becomes small unlimitedly. In this way, it is possible to make the capacity generated on the junction plane extremely small.
- In the invention, preferably, an ultraviolet light absorption layer and/or an infrared light absorption layer is provided in an uppermost layer of the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site. The ultraviolet light absorption layer is able to at least absorb or reflect light of not more than 400 nm, and it preferably has an absorption factor of 50% or more in a wavelength region of not more than 400 nm. The infrared light absorption layer is able to at least absorb or reflect light of 700 nm or more, and it preferably has an absorption factor of 50% or more in a wavelength region of 700 nm or more.
- Such an ultraviolet light absorption layer or infrared light absorption layer can be formed by a conventionally known method. For example, there is known a method in which a mordant layer made of a hydrophilic polymer substance such as gelatin, casein, glue, and polyvinyl alcohol is provided on a substrate, and a dye having a desired absorption wavelength is added to or dyes the mordant layer to form a colored layer. Furthermore, there is known a method of using a colored resin having a certain kind of coloring material dispersed in a transparent resin. For example, it is possible to use a colored resin layer having a coloring material mixed in a polyamino based resin, as described in JP-A-58-46325, JP-A-60-78401, JP-A-60-184202, JP-A-60-184203, JP-A-60-184204, and JP-A-60-184205. It is also possible to use a coloring agent using a polyamide resin having photosensitivity.
- It is also possible to disperse a coloring material in an aromatic polyamide resin having a photosensitive group in a molecule thereof and capable of obtaining a cured layer at not higher than 200° C., as described in JP-B-7-113685 and to use a colored resin having a pigment dispersed therein, as described in JP-B-7-69486.
- In the invention, a dielectric multilayer layer is preferably used. The dielectric multilayer layer has sharp wavelength dependency of light transmission and is preferably used.
- It is preferable that the respective electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites are separated by an insulating layer. The insulating layer can be formed by using a transparent insulating material such as glass, polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethersulfone, and polypropylene. Silicon nitride, silicon oxide, and the like are also preferably used. Silicon nitride prepared by deposition by means of plasma CVD is preferably used in the invention because it is high in compactness and good in transparency.
- For the purpose of preventing contact with oxygen, moisture, etc., a protective layer or a sealing layer can be provided, too. Examples of the protective layer include a diamond thin film, an inorganic material layer made of a metal oxide, a metal nitride, etc., a polymer layer made of a fluorine resin, poly-p-xylene, polyethylene, a silicone resin, a polystyrene resin, etc., and a layer made of a photocurable resin. In addition, it is also possible to cover a device portion by glass, a gas-impermeable plastic, a metal, etc. and package the device itself by a suitable sealing resin. In that case, it is also possible to make a substance having high water absorption properties present in a packaging.
- Furthermore, condensation efficiency can be enhanced by forming a microlens array above a light receiving device, and therefore, such an embodiment is preferable, too.
- As for the charge accumulation/transfer/read-out site, JP-A-58-103166, JP-A-58-103165, JP-A-2003-332551, and the like can be made hereof by reference. A configuration in which an MOS transistor is formed on a semiconductor substrate for every pixel unit or a configuration having CCD as a device can be properly adopted. For example, in the case of a photoelectric conversion device using an MOS transistor, a charge is generated in a photoelectric conversion layer by incident light which has transmitted through electrodes; the charge runs to the electrodes within the photoelectric conversion layer by an electric field generated between the electrodes by impressing voltage to the electrodes; and the charge is further transferred to a charge accumulating part of the MOS transistor and accumulated in the charge accumulating part. The charge accumulated in the charge accumulating part is transferred to a charge read-out part by switching of the MOS transistor and further outputted as an electric signal. In this way, full-color image signals are inputted in a solid-state imaging apparatus including a signal processing part.
- It is possible to read out the signal charge after injecting a fixed amount of bias charge into the accumulation diode (refresh mode) and then accumulating a fixed amount of the charge (photoelectric conversion mode). The light receiving device itself can also be used as the accumulation diode, or an accumulation diode can also be separately provided.
- The read-out of the signal is hereunder described in more detail. The read-out of the signal can be carried out by using a usual color read-out circuit. A signal charge or a signal current which has been subjected to photoelectric conversion in the light receiving part is accumulated in the light receiving part itself or a capacitor as provided. The accumulated charge is subjected to selection of a pixel position and read-out by a technique of an MOS type imaging device (so-called CMOS sensor) using an X-Y address system. Besides, as an address selection system, there is enumerated a system in which every pixel is successively selected by a multiplexer switch and a digital shift register and read out as a signal voltage (or charge) on a common output line. An imaging device of a two-dimensionally arrayed X-Y address operation is known as a CMOS sensor. In this imaging device, a switch which is provided in a pixel connected to an X-Y intersection point is connected to a vertical shift register, and when the switch is turned on by voltage from the vertical scanning shift register, signals read out from pixels which are provided in the same row are read out on the output line in a column direction. The signals are successively read out from an output end through the switch to be driven by a horizontal scanning shift register.
- For reading out the output signals, a floating diffusion detector or a floating gate detector can be used. In addition, it is possible to contrive to enhance S/N by a technique such as provision of a signal amplification circuit in the pixel portion and correlated double sampling.
- For the signal processing, gamma correction by an ADC circuit, digitalization by an AD transducer, luminance signal processing, and color signal processing can be applied. Examples of the color signal processing include white balance processing, color separation processing, and color matrix processing. In using for an NTSC signal, RGB signals can be subjected to conversion processing of YIQ signals.
- The charge transfer/read-out site is required to have a mobility of charge of 100 cm2/vol·sec or more. This mobility can be obtained by selecting the material among semiconductors of the IV group, the III-V group, or the II-VI group. Above all, silicon semiconductors (also referred to as “Si semiconductors”) are preferable because of advancement of a microstructure refinement technology and low costs. As for the charge transfer/charge read-out system, there are made a large number of proposals, and all of them are adoptable. Above all, a COMS type or CCD type device is an especially preferred system. Furthermore, in the case of the invention, in many occasions, the CMOS type device is preferable in view of high-speed read-out, pixel addition, partial read-out, and consumed electricity.
- Though plural contact sites for connecting the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site to the charge transfer/read-out site may be connected by any metal, a metal selected among copper, aluminum, silver, gold, chromium, and tungsten is preferable, and copper is especially preferable. According to the plural electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion sites, each of the contact sites is required to be placed between the electromagnetic wave absorption/photoelectric conversion site and the charge transfer/read-out site. In the case of taking a stacked structure of plural photosensitive units of blue, green and red lights, a blue light collection electrode and the charge transfer/read-out site, a green light collection electrode and the charge transfer/read-out site, and a red light collection electrode and the charge transfer/read-out site are required to be connected, respectively.
- The stacked photoelectric conversion device according to the invention can be manufactured according to a so-called known microfabrication process which is adopted in manufacturing integrated circuits and the like. Basically, this process is concerned with a repeated operation of pattern exposure with active light, electron beams, etc. (for example, i- or g-bright line of mercury, excimer laser, X-rays, and electron beams), pattern formation by development and/or burning, alignment of device forming materials (for example, coating, vapor deposition, sputtering, and CV), and removal of the materials in a non-pattern area (for example, heat treatment and dissolution treatment).
- A chip size of the device can be selected among a brownie size, a 135 size, an APS size, a 1/1.8-inch size, and a smaller size. A pixel size of the stacked photoelectric conversion device according to the invention is expressed by a circle-corresponding diameter which is corresponding to a maximum area in the plural electromagnetic absorption/photoelectric conversion sites. Though the pixel size is not limited, it is preferably from 2 to 20 microns, more preferably from 2 to 10 microns, and especially preferably from 3 to 8 microns.
- When the pixel size exceeds 20 microns, a resolving power is lowered, whereas when the pixel size is smaller than 2 microns, the resolving power is also lowered due to radio interference between the sizes.
- The stacked photoelectric conversion device according to the invention can be utilized for a digital still camera. In addition, it is preferable that the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention is used for a TV camera. Besides, the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention can be utilized for a digital video camera, a monitor camera (in, for example, office buildings, parking lots, unmanned loan-application systems in financial institution, shopping centers, convenience stores, outlet malls, department stores, pachinko parlors, karaoke boxes, game centers, and hospitals), other various sensors (for example, TV door intercoms, individual authentication sensors, sensors for factory automation, robots for household use, industrial robots, and piping examination systems), medical sensors (for example, endoscopes and fundus cameras), videoconference systems, television telephones, camera-equipped mobile phones, automobile safety running systems (for example, back guide monitors, collision prediction systems, and lane-keeping systems), and sensors for video game.
- Above all, the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention is suitable for use of a television camera. The reason for this resides in the matter that since it does not require a color decomposition optical system, it is able to achieve miniaturization and weight reduction of the television camera. In addition, since the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention has high sensitivity and high resolving power, it is especially preferable for a television camera for high-definition broadcast. In that case, the term “television camera for high-definition broadcast” as referred to herein includes a camera for digital high-definition broadcast.
- Furthermore, the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention is preferable because an optical low pass filter can be omitted, and higher sensitivity and higher resolving power can be expected.
- Furthermore, in the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention, not only the thickness can be made thin, but a color decomposition optical system is not required. Therefore, as for shooting scenes in which a different sensitivity is required, such as “circumstances with a different brightness such as daytime and nighttime” and “immobile subject and mobile subject” and other shooting scenes in which requirements for spectral sensitivity or color reproducibility differ, various needs for shooting can be satisfied by a single camera by exchanging the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention and performing shooting. At the same time, it is not required to carry plural cameras. Thus, a load of a person who wishes to take a shot is reduced. As a photoelectric conversion device which is subjective to the exchange, in addition to the foregoing, exchangeable photoelectric conversion devices for purposes of infrared light shooting, black-and-white shooting, and change of a dynamic range can be prepared.
- The TV camera according to the invention can be prepared by referring to a description in
Chapter 2 of Design Technologies of Television Camera, edited by the Institute of Image Information and Television Engineers (Aug. 20, 1999, published by Corona Publishing Co., Ltd., ISBN 4-339-00714-5) and, for example, replacing a color decomposition optical system and an imaging device as a basic configuration of a television camera as shown inFIG. 2.1 thereof by the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention. - By arraying the foregoing stacked light receiving device, it can be utilized not only as an imaging device but as an optical sensor such as biosensors and chemical sensors or a color light receiving device in a single body.
- The photoelectric conversion devices can be roughly classified into a photocell and a photosensor, and the photoelectric conversion devices shown in
FIG. 1B andFIG. 1C are suitable for a photosensor. The photosensor may be a sensor using a photoelectric conversion device alone, or may be in a form of a line sensor in which photoelectric conversion devices are linearly arranged, or a two-dimensional sensor in which photoelectric conversion devices are arranged on a plane surface. - In the line sensor, the optical image information is converted into electric signals by using an optical system and a driving unit as in a scanner and the like, and in the two-dimensional sensor, the optical image information is imaged on the sensor by an optical system and converted into electric signals as in an imaging module, thereby effecting the function as an imaging device.
- The photocell (solar cell) is power-generating equipment, and therefore, the efficiency of converting light energy into electrical energy is an important performance. However, the dark current that is a current in the dark place does not become a problem in view of a function of the photocell. In addition, unlike the imaging device, a color filter need not be provided, and therefore, a heating step in a later stage is not required.
- In the photosensor, the performance of converting light-dark signals into electric signals with high precision is important, and therefore, the efficiency of converging the light quantity into a current is also an important performance. Moreover, unlike the photocell, a signal outputted in the dark place works out to a noise deteriorating the image, and therefore, a low dark current is required. Furthermore, durability against a manufacturing step in a later stage such as stacking of a color filter is also important.
- An embodiment of the invention is hereunder described by reference to the accompanying drawings.
- First of all, for reference,
FIG. 1A is a diagrammatic cross-section view of a photoelectric conversion device which is used in a solar cell or the like. Aphotoelectric conversion device 10 a shown inFIG. 1A is constituted of an electricallyconductive layer 11 functioning as a lower electrode, a transparent electricallyconductive layer 15 functioning as an upper electrode (the light incident side is defined as an “upper part”), and a photoelectric conversion layer (also called an organic photoelectric conversion layer) 12 formed between theupper electrode 15 and thelower electrode 11, and stacking is made in the order of thelower electrode 11, thephotoelectric conversion layer 12, and theupper electrode 15. -
FIG. 1B is a diagrammatic cross-sectional view of a photoelectric conversion device which is used in an imaging device. Thisphotoelectric conversion device 10 b has a configuration in which anelectron blocking layer 16A is added between thelower electrode 11 and thephotoelectric conversion layer 12 relative to thephotoelectric conversion device 10 a shown inFIG. 1A , and stacking is made in the order of thelower electrode 11, theelectron blocking layer 16A, thephotoelectric conversion layer 12, and theupper electrode 15. - The imaging device according to the invention is provided with the photoelectric conversion device according to the invention.
-
FIG. 1C is a diagrammatic cross-sectional view of a photoelectric conversion device according to a first embodiment of the invention, which is used in an imaging device. This photoelectric conversion device 10C has a configuration in which ahole blocking layer 16B is added between theupper electrode 15 and thephotoelectric conversion layer 12 relative to thephotoelectric conversion device 10 b shown inFIG. 1B , and stacking is made in the order of thelower electrode 11, theelectron blocking layer 16A, thephotoelectric conversion layer 12, thehole blocking layer 16B, and theupper electrode 15. - Incidentally, in each of the
photoelectric conversion devices lower electrode 11, theelectron blocking layer 16A, the organicphotoelectric conversion layer 12, thehole blocking layer 16B, and theupper electrode 12 may be made reversed according to the utility or characteristics of the photoelectric conversion device. In that case, it would be better that the electrode (electrically conductive layer) on the side through which light transmits is constituted of a transparent material. - In addition, in the case of using such a photoelectric conversion device, it is preferable to impress an electric field between the
upper electrode 15 and thelower electrode 11. For example, an arbitrary prescribed electric field can be impressed within the range of 1×10−4 V/cm or more and not more than 1×107 V/cm between a pair of the electrodes. The electric field to be impressed is preferably 1×10−1 V/cm or more and not more than 5×106 V/cm, more preferably 1×102 V/cm or more and not more than 3×106 V/cm, and especially preferably 1×105 V/cm or more and not more than 1×106 V/cm. - Constituent materials of each of the
photoelectric conversion devices - Each of the upper electrode (transparent electrically conductive layer) 15 and the lower electrode (electrically conductive layer) 11 is constituted of an electrically conductive material. As for the electrically conductive material, those described above in the section of (Electrode) are preferable.
- Above all, electrically conductive metal oxides are preferable for the
upper electrode 15 from the standpoints of high electric conductivity, transparency, and the like. Since theupper electrode 15 is deposited on the organicphotoelectric conversion layer 12, it is preferable to carry out the deposition of theupper electrode 15 by a method in which the characteristics of the organicphotoelectric conversion layer 12 are not deteriorated. In addition, theupper electrode 15 is preferably made of a transparent electrically conductive oxide. - As for the
lower electrode 11, there may be the case where transparency is brought, or the case where a material for reversely reflecting light without bringing transparency is used, depending upon the utility. Specifically, those described above in the section of (Electrode) are preferable. - In the case where the
upper electrode 15 is a transparent electrically conductive layer such as TCO, there may be the case where a DC short or an increase of leak current occurs. One of causes thereof is considered to reside in the matter that fine cracks introduced into thephotoelectric conversion layer 12 are subjected to coverage by a dense layer such as TCO to increase the conduction with theelectrode 11 on the opposite side. Therefore, in the case of an electrode having relatively poor film quality such as aluminum, the leak current hardly increases. The increase of leak current can be greatly suppressed by controlling a layer thickness of theupper electrode 15 relative to a layer thickness (that is, the crack depth) of thephotoelectric conversion layer 12. It is desirable that the thickness of theupper electrode 15 is preferably not more than ⅕, and more preferably not more than 1/10 of the thickness of thephotoelectric conversion layer 12. - In addition, the thinner the thickness of the upper electrode (transparent electrically conductive layer) 15, the smaller the amount of absorbed light is, and in general, the light transmittance increases. The increase of the light transmittance is very preferable because the light absorption in the
photoelectric conversion layer 12 is increased, and the photoelectric conversion ability is increased. When the suppression of leak current, the increase of a resistivity value of the thin layer, and the increase of the light transmittance, all of which are brought following the thinning of the layer, are taken into consideration, it is desirable that the layer thickness of theupper electrode 15 is preferably from 5 to 100 nm, and more preferably from 5 to 20 nm. -
FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a one-pixel portion of an imaging device according to a second embodiment of the invention using the photoelectric conversion device explained inFIG. 1C . As for the term “one-pixel” as referred to herein, a pixel capable of obtaining signals of three colors of RGB is made a unit. Incidentally, in configuration examples as described below, members and the like having the same configurations and actions as those in the members and the like explained inFIG. 1A ,FIG. 1B , andFIG. 1C are given the same symbols or corresponding symbols in the drawings, thereby simplifying or omitting their explanations. - The imaging device as referred to herein is a device for converting optical information of an image into electric signals, in which plural photoelectric conversion devices are disposed in a matrix state on the same plane, an optical signal is converted into an electric signal in each of the photoelectric conversion devices (pixels), and the electric signal is able to be successively outputted into the external for every pixel. For that reason, the imaging device is constituted of one photoelectric conversion device and one or more transistors per pixel.
- An
imaging device 100 shown inFIG. 2 is an imaging device in which a large number of pixels each constituting one pixel are disposed in an array state on the same plane, and one-pixel data of image data can be formed by a single obtained by this one pixel. - The
imaging device 100 is provided with an n-type silicon substrate 1 and a transparent insulating layer 7 formed on the n-type silicon substrate 1, and thephotoelectric conversion device FIG. 1B orFIG. 1C is formed on the insulating layer 7. In the photoelectric conversion device shown inFIG. 2 , the symbols are expressed by alower electrode 101, aphotoelectric conversion layer 102, and anupper electrode 104. In addition, inFIG. 2 , illustration of an electron blocking layer and a hole blocking layer is omitted. - A light-
shielding layer 114 having an opening 114 a provided therein is formed on thephotoelectric conversion device 10 b (10 c), and a transparent insulatinglayer 115 is formed on theupper electrode 104 on theopening 114 a and on the light-shielding layer 114. - Just under the opening 114 a of the surface part of the n-type silicon substrate 1, a p-type impurity region (hereinafter abbreviated as “p region”) 4, an n-type impurity region (hereinafter abbreviated as “n region”) 3, and
a p region 2 are formed in this order from the shallow side thereof. A high-density p region 6 is formed in the surface part of a portion of thep region 4 light-shielded by the light-shielding layer 114, and the periphery of thep region 6 is surrounded by ann region 5. - The depth of the pn junction plane between the
p region 4 and then region 3 from the surface of the n-type silicon substrate 1 is a depth (about 0.2 μm) for absorbing blue light. Accordingly, thep region 4 and then region 3 absorb the blue light to form a photodiode (B photodiode) capable of accumulating a charge corresponding thereto. - The depth of the pn junction plane between the
p region 2 and the n-type silicon substrate 1 from the surface of the n-type silicon substrate 1 is a depth (about 2 μm) for absorbing red light. Accordingly, thep region 2 and the n-type silicon substrate 1 absorb the red light to form a photodiode (R photodiode) capable of accumulating a charge corresponding thereto. - The
p region 6 is electrically connected to thelower electrode 101 via aconnection part 9 formed in the opening bored in the insulating layer 7. A hole trapped by thelower electrode 101 recombines with an electron in thep region 6, and therefore, the number of electrons accumulated in thep region 6 at the time of resetting decreases according to the number of trapped holes. The outer peripheral surface of theconnection part 9 is covered by an insulatinglayer 8, and theconnection part 9 is electrically insulated by the insulatinglayer 8 from portions exclusive of thelower electrode 101 and thep region 6. - The electrons accumulated in the
p region 2 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within the n-type silicon substrate 1; the electrons accumulated in thep region 4 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within then region 3; the electrons accumulated in thep region 6 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within then region 5; and these signals are outputted to the outside of theimaging device 100. - Each of the MOS circuits is connected to a signal read-out pad (not shown) by a wiring 113. Incidentally, when an extractor electrode is provided in the
p region 2 and thep region 4, and a predetermined reset potential is applied, each of theregions - Thanks to such a configuration, G (green) light can be subjected to photoelectric conversion by the
photoelectric conversion layer 102, and B (blue) light and R (red) light can be subjected to photoelectric conversion by the B photodiode and the R photodiode, respectively in the n-type silicon substrate 1. In addition, since the G light is first absorbed above the semiconductor substrate, excellent color separation is achieved between B-G and between G-R by the B photodiode and the R photodiode, respectively formed in the semiconductor substrate. - This color separation performance is a greatly excellent point of the imaging device of the embodiment shown in
FIG. 2 in comparison with an imaging device of the type in which three photodiodes inclusive of a G photodiode in addition to a B photodiode and an R photodiode are provided within a semiconductor substrate, and all of B light, G light, and R light are separated by the semiconductor substrate. -
FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a one-pixel portion of an imaging device according to a third embodiment of the invention. Unlike theimaging device 100 shown inFIG. 2 , having a configuration in which the two photodiodes are stacked within the semiconductor substrate 1, animaging device 200 of the present embodiment has a configuration in which two photodiodes are arrayed in the direction perpendicular to the incident direction of incident light (namely, this perpendicular direction is the direction along the surface of the semiconductor substrate), thereby detecting lights of two colors within an n-type silicon substrate. - In
FIG. 3 , theimaging device 200 of the present embodiment is provided with an n-type silicon substrate 17 and a transparent insulatinglayer 24 stacked on the surface of the n-type silicon substrate 17, and thephotoelectric conversion device 10 c explained inFIG. 1C is stacked thereon. As for the symbols of the respective constituent members of thephotoelectric conversion device 10 c shown inFIG. 3 , thelower electrode 101, thephotoelectric conversion layer 102, and theupper electrode 104 are the same as those inFIG. 2 , and though illustration of an electron blocking layer is omitted, thehole blocking layer 106 is shown. Incidentally, thephotoelectric conversion device 10 b shown inFIG. 1B may be adopted. A light-shielding layer 34 provided with openings is formed on thephotoelectric conversion device 10 c. In addition, a transparent insulatinglayer 33 is formed on the openings of theupper electrode 104 and the light-shielding layer 34. - In a surface part of the n-
type silicon substrate 17 under the openings of the light-shielding layer 34, a photodiode composed of ann region 19 anda p region 18 and a photodiode composed of ann region 21 anda p resin 20 are allowed to lie in juxtaposition on the surface of the n-type silicon substrate 17. An arbitrary plane direction on the surface of the n-type silicon substrate 17 becomes the direction perpendicular to the incident direction of incident light. - Above the photodiode composed of the
n region 19 and thep region 18, acolor filter 28 through which B light transmits via the transparent insulatinglayer 24 is formed, and thelower electrode 101 is formed thereon. In addition, above the photodiode composed of then region 21 and thep region 20, acolor filter 29 through which R light transmits via the transparent insulatinglayer 24 is formed, and thelower electrode 101 is formed thereon. The surroundings of each of thecolor filters layer 25. Incidentally, asymbol 30 between the lower electrodes (pixel electrodes) 101 is an insulating layer for separating the pixel electrodes from each other. - The photodiode composed of the
n region 19 and thep region 18 functions as an in-substrate photoelectric conversion part that absorbs B light having transmitted through thecolor filter 28, generates electrons corresponding thereto, and accumulates the generated electrons in thep region 18. The photodiode composed of then region 21 and thep region 20 functions as an in-substrate photoelectric conversion part that absorbs R light having transmitted through thecolor filter 29, generates electrons corresponding thereto, and accumulates the generated electrons in thep region 20. - In the portion light-shielded by the light-
shielding layer 34 on the surface of the n-type silicon substrate 17,a p region 23 is formed, and the periphery of thep region 23 is surrounded by ann region 22. - The
p region 23 is electrically connected to thelower electrode 101 via aconnection part 27 formed within the opening bored in the insulatinglayers photoelectric conversion layer 102 and trapped by thelower electrode 101 recombines with an electron in thep region 23 through aconnection part 27, and therefore, the number of electrons accumulated in thep region 23 at the time of resetting decreases according to the number of trapped holes. The periphery of theconnection part 27 is surrounded by an insulatinglayer 26, and theconnection part 27 is electrically insulated from portions exclusive of thelower electrode 101 and thep region 23. - The electrons accumulated in the
p region 18 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within the n-type silicon substrate 17, and the electrons accumulated in thep region 20 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within the n-type silicon substrate 17. Similarly, the electrons accumulated in thep region 23 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of an n-channel MOS transistor formed within then region 22. The respective converted signals are outputted to the outside of theimaging device 200. Each of the MOS circuits is connected to a signal read-out pad (not shown) by awiring 35. - Incidentally, instead of MOS circuits, the foregoing signal read-out circuit composed of MOS transistors may be composed of CCD and an amplifier. Namely, the signal read-out circuit may be constituted in such a manner that electrons accumulated in the
p region 18, thep region 20, and thep region 23 are respectively read out into CCD (charge transfer passage) formed within the n-type silicon substrate 17 and then transferred into an amplifier, and voltage value signals according to the amount of electrons are outputted as imaging image signals by the amplifier. - In this way, the signal read-out part includes a CCD structure and a CMOS structure. However, in view of power consumption, high-speed read-out, easiness of pixel addition, easiness of partial read-out, and the like, a CMOS type is preferable. Incidentally, in the
imaging device 200 ofFIG. 3 , color separation of R light and B light is performed by thecolor filters color filters p region 20 and thenregion 21 and the depth of the pn junction plane between thep region 18 and then region 19 may be adjusted to absorb R light and B light by the respective photodiodes. - It is also possible to form an inorganic photoelectric conversion part composed of an inorganic material that absorbs light having transmitted through the
photoelectric conversion layer 102, generates charges corresponding to the light, and accumulates the charges, between the n-type silicon substrate 17 and the lower electrode 101 (for example, between the insulatinglayer 24 and the n-type silicon substrate 17). In that case, an MOS circuit for reading out signals according to the charges accumulated in a charge accumulation region of the inorganic photoelectric conversion part may be provided within the n-type silicon substrate 17, and thewiring 35 may also be connected to this MOS circuit. - In addition, there may also be taken a configuration in which one photodiode is provided per pixel within the n-
type silicon substrate 17, and a plurality of photoelectric conversion layers are stacked above the n-type silicon substrate 17. For example, a first photoelectric conversion layer for detecting a G signal by the photodiode and detecting an R signal and a second photoelectric conversion layer for detecting a B signal are stacked. - Furthermore, there may also be taken a configuration in which a plurality of photodiodes are provided per pixel within the n-
type silicon substrate 17, and a plurality of photoelectric conversion layers are stacked above the n-type silicon substrate 17. For example, there may be taken a configuration in which an imaging device for detecting four colors including R, G, B, and emerald colors is formed by one pixel, and two colors are detected by the two photodiodes, and the remaining two colors are detected by two layers of the photoelectric conversion layers. - In addition, when a color image need not be formed, there may be taken a configuration in which one photodiode is provided per pixel within the n-
type silicon substrate 17, and only one photoelectric conversion layer is stacked. -
FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a one-pixel portion of an imaging device according to a fourth embodiment of the invention. Animaging device 300 of the present embodiment has a configuration in which signals of three colors of R, G and B are detected by three layers of photoelectric conversion layers provided above a silicon substrate, without providing a photodiode within the silicon substrate. - The
imaging device 300 of the present embodiment has a configuration in which three photoelectric conversion layers inclusive of an R photoelectric conversion device for detecting R light, a B photoelectric conversion device for detecting G light, and a G photoelectric conversion device for detecting G light are stacked in this order above asilicon substrate 41. Each of the photoelectric conversion devices is made on the basis of the configuration shown inFIG. 1C . As for an organic photoelectric conversion dye which is used for the photoelectric conversion layer, a material capable of efficiently detecting the wavelength of light to be detected is used. - The R photoelectric conversion device is provided with a
lower electrode 101 r stacked above thesilicon substrate 41 via an insulatinglayer 48, aphotoelectric conversion layer 102 r formed on thelower electrode 101 r, ahole blocking layer 106 r formed on thephotoelectric conversion layer 102 r, and anupper electrode 104 r formed on thehole blocking layer 106 r. Incidentally, the electron blocking layer illustrated inFIG. 1C is not shown inFIG. 4 (the same as in the following photoelectric conversion devices). - The B photoelectric conversion device is provided with a
lower electrode 101 b stacked on theupper electrode 104 r of the R photoelectric conversion device via a transparent insulatinglayer 59, aphotoelectric conversion layer 102 b formed on thelower electrode 101 b, ahole blocking layer 106 b formed on thephotoelectric conversion layer 102 b, and anupper electrode 104 b formed on thehole blocking layer 106 b. - The G photoelectric conversion device is provided with a
lower electrode 101 g stacked on theupper electrode 104 b of the B photoelectric conversion device via a transparent insulatinglayer 63, aphotoelectric conversion layer 102 g formed on thelower electrode 101 g, ahole blocking layer 106 g formed on thephotoelectric conversion layer 102 g, and anupper electrode 104 g formed on thehole blocking layer 106 g. - In this way, the
imaging device 300 of the present embodiment has a configuration in which the R photoelectric conversion device, the B photoelectric conversion device, and the G photoelectric conversion device are stacked in this order on thesilicon substrate 41. - On the
upper electrode 104 g of the G photoelectric conversion device stacked in the uppermost layer, a light-shielding layer 68 bored with anopening 68 a is formed, and a transparent insulatinglayer 67 is formed so as to cover theupper electrode 104 g exposed within the opening 68 a and the light-shielding layer 68. - Materials of the lower electrode, the photoelectric conversion layer, and the upper electrode of each of the R, G and B photoelectric conversion devices are composed of the same materials as those in the foregoing embodiments. However, as described above, the
photoelectric conversion layer 102 g contains an organic material capable of absorbing green light and generating electrons and holes corresponding thereto, thephotoelectric conversion layer 102 b contains an organic material capable of absorbing blue light and generating electrons and holes corresponding thereto, and thephotoelectric conversion layer 102 r contains an organic material capable of absorbing red light and generating electrons and holes corresponding thereto. - In the portion light-shielded by the light-shielding
film 68 on the surface of thesilicon substrate 41,p regions n regions - The
p region 43 is electrically connected to thelower electrode 101 r via aconnection part 54 formed within an opening bored in the insulatinglayer 48. A hole trapped by thelower electrode 101 r recombines with an electron in thep region 43, and therefore, the number of electrons accumulated in thep region 43 at the time of resetting decreases according to the number of trapped holes. In the periphery of theconnection part 54, an insulatinglayer 51 is formed, and theconnection part 54 is electrically insulated from portions exclusive of thelower electrode 101 r and thep region 43. - The
p region 45 is electrically connected to thelower electrode 101 b via aconnection part 53 formed within an opening penetrating through the insulatinglayer 48, the R photoelectric conversion device, and the insulatinglayer 59. A hole trapped by thelower electrode 101 b recombines with an electron in thep region 45, and therefore, the number of electrons accumulated in thep region 45 at the time of resetting decreases according to the number of trapped holes. In the periphery of theconnection part 53, an insulatinglayer 50 is formed, and theconnection part 53 is electrically insulated from portions exclusive of thelower electrode 101 b and thep region 45. - The
p region 47 is electrically connected to thelower electrode 101 g via aconnection part 52 formed within an opening penetrating through the insulatingfilm 48, the R photoelectric conversion device, the insulatingfilm 59, the B photoelectric conversion device and the insulatingfilm 63. A hole trapped by thelower electrode 101 g recombines with an electron in thep region 47, and therefore, the number of electrons accumulated in thep region 47 at the time of resetting decreases according to the number of trapped holes. In the periphery of theconnection part 52, an insulatinglayer 49 is formed, and theconnection part 52 is electrically insulated from portions exclusive of thelower electrode 101 g and thep region 47. - The electrons accumulated in the
p region 43 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within then region 42; the electrons accumulated in thep region 45 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within then region 44; the electrons accumulated in thep region 47 are converted into signals according to the charge amount by an MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed within then region 46; and these signals are outputted to the outside of theimaging device 300. Each of the MOS circuits is connected to a signal read-out pad (not shown) by awiring 55. - Incidentally, instead of MOS circuits, the signal read-out part may be composed of CCD and an amplifier in a fashion similar to that explained in the third embodiment.
- As for the
photoelectric conversion layer 102 b for absorbing B light, for example, it is preferable to use a material which is capable of absorbing at least light having a wavelength of from 400 nm to 500 nm and in which an absorption factor thereof at a peak wavelength in the wavelength region is 50% or more. - As for the
photoelectric conversion layer 102 g for absorbing G light, for example, it is preferable to use a material which is capable of absorbing at least light having a wavelength of from 500 nm to 600 nm and in which an absorption factor thereof at a peak wavelength in the wavelength region is 50% or more. - As for the
photoelectric conversion layer 102 r for absorbing R light, for example, it is preferable to use a material which is capable of absorbing at least light having a wavelength of from 600 nm to 700 nm and in which an absorption factor thereof at a peak wavelength in the wavelength region is 50% or more. -
FIG. 5 is a schematic partial surface view of animaging device 400 according to a fifth embodiment according to the invention, andFIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an X-X line ofFIG. 5 . - A p-
well layer 402 is formed on an n-type silicon substrate 401. In the following, the n-type silicon substrate 401 and the p-well layer 402 are collectively referred to as a semiconductor substrate. In the row direction (seeFIG. 6 ) and the column direction (seeFIG. 6 ) crossing with the row direction at right angles on the same plane above the semiconductor substrate, three kinds of color filters inclusive of acolor filter 413 r mainly transmitting R light therethrough, acolor filter 413 g mainly transmitting G light therethrough, and acolor filter 413 b mainly transmitting B light therethrough are each numerously arrayed. Each of thecolor filters - As for the array of the
color filters - In the p-
well layer 402 under thecolor filters parts photoelectric conversion layer 412 as described later is accumulated in each of the n+ regions 404 r, 404 g and 404 b. - An insulating
layer 403 is stacked on the surface of the p-well layer 402, and pixel electrode (lower electrode) layers 411 r, 411 g and 411 b corresponding to the n+ regions 404 r, 404 g and 404 b, respectively are formed on the insulatinglayer 403. An insulatinglayer 408 is provided between thepixel electrodes pixel electrodes pixel electrodes pixel electrodes pixel electrodes pixel electrodes color filters - The
photoelectric conversion film 412 in a one-sheet configuration shared in common among thecolor filters transparent electrodes - An
upper electrode 413 in a one-sheet configuration shared in common among thecolor filters photoelectric conversion film 412; a transparent insulatinglayer 415 and a transparentflat layer 416 are formed on theupper electrode 413; and thecolor filters - A photoelectric conversion device corresponding to the
color filter 413 r is formed by thelower electrode 411 r, theupper electrode 413 opposing it, and a part of thephotoelectric conversion film 412 sandwiched therebetween. This photoelectric conversion device serves as an R photoelectric conversion device. - A photoelectric conversion device corresponding to the
color filter 413 g is formed by thelower electrode 411 g, theupper electrode 413 opposing it, and a part of thephotoelectric conversion film 412 sandwiched therebetween. This photoelectric conversion device serves as a G photoelectric conversion device. - A photoelectric conversion device corresponding to the
color filter 413 b is formed by thelower electrode 411 b, theupper electrode 413 opposing it, and a part of thephotoelectric conversion film 412 sandwiched therebetween. This photoelectric conversion device serves as a B photoelectric conversion device. - The respective
lower electrodes contact parts layer 403. Each of thecontact parts - Incidentally, in order to prevent occurrence of the matter that light which has transmitted through the
photoelectric conversion layer 412 comes into each of the n+ regions 404 r, 404 g and 404 b, it is preferable to provide a light-shielding layer above each of the n+ regions 404 r, 404 g and 404 b. Each of thelower electrodes layer 408 for separating the lower electrodes from each other may be made of an opaque material or a reflective material. - In such a configuration, when light from a subject comes into the
imaging device 400 in a state where a bias voltage is impressed between each of thepixel electrodes red filter 413 r comes onto thepixel electrode 411 r within thephotoelectric conversion layer 412, thereby generating a charge. This charge moves to the corresponding n+ region 404 r through thecontact part 406 r, and a charge according to the amount of the red incident light is accumulated in the n+ region (charge accumulating region) 404 r. - Similarly, the light which has passed through the
green filter 413 g comes onto thepixel electrode 411 g within thephotoelectric conversion layer 412, thereby generating a charge. This charge moves to the corresponding n+ region 404 g through thecontact part 406 g, and a charge according to the amount of the green incident light is accumulated in the n+ region (charge accumulating region) 404 g. - Similarly, the light which has passed through the
blue filter 413 b comes onto thepixel electrode 411 b within thephotoelectric conversion layer 412, thereby generating a charge. This charge moves to the corresponding n+ region 404 b through thecontact part 406 b, and a charge according to the amount of the blue incident light is accumulated in the n+ region (charge accumulating region) 404 b. - Signals according to the charges accumulated in the
charge accumulating regions imaging device 400 by the adjacent signal read-outparts parts - In this way, according to the
imaging device 400 according to the present embodiment, it is possible to obtain a color image. However, the photoelectric conversion device becomes thin, so that resolution of the imaged image can be enhanced, and a false color can also be reduced. In addition, an aperture ratio can be made large irrespective of the signal read-out circuit to be provided on the semiconductor substrate, and therefore, it becomes possible to contrive to achieve high sensitivity. Furthermore, it is possible to omit a microlens which is used in the conventional CCD type or CMOS type image sensors, and therefore, there is brought an effect for reducing the number of components and reducing manufacturing steps. - The organic
photoelectric conversion layer 412 which is used in the present embodiment is required to have a maximum absorption wavelength in the green light wavelength region and have an absorption region over the entire visible light, but this can be realized by selecting and using the foregoing materials. - Examples and Embodiments of the invention are hereunder described, but it should not be construed that the invention is limited thereto.
- Absorption characteristics of compounds in all of the following chloroform dilute solutions were measured in the following manner. A solution of 2×10−5 M (mol/L) was prepared using commercially available chloroform, and a transmission absorption spectrum thereof was measured using a cell of 1 cm square with UV-3600, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation. From the absorption spectrum, an absorption maximum wavelength was determined from an absorption maximum value of the longest wave, and an absorbance at the absorption maximum wavelength was divided by a solution concentration to obtain an extinction coefficient.
- 2.5 g of thiobarbituric acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was heat-refluxed in 100 mL of ethanol under nitrogen, to which was then added 3.4 g of N,N′-diphenylformamidine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the mixture was heat-refluxed for 8 hours. After cooling the reaction solution to room temperature, a deposited crystal was filtered and rinsed with ethanol and hexane, thereby obtaining 4.0 g of 5-anilinomethylene-2-thiobarbituric acid. 1.5 g of 5-anilinomethylene-2-thiobarbituric acid, 2.1 g of 3-ethyl-2-methylbenzoxazolium iodide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 20 mL of N,N-dimethylacetamide, and 1.9 mL of triethylamine were mixed and then heated at 100° C. for 8 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, the obtained crystal was filtered and then rinsed with acetonitrile, water, and isopropanol, thereby obtaining 1.5 g of Compound 1. As for absorption characteristics of a chloroform dilute solution of Compound 1, the absorption maximum wavelength was 464 nm, and the extinction coefficient was 107,000 M−1cm−1.
-
Compound 2 was synthesized in the same manner as that in Synthesis Example 1, except for replacing the 3-ethyl-2-methylbenzoxazolium iodide with an equal mole of 5,6-dichloro-1,3-diethyl-2-methylbenzoxazolium iodide (manufactured by Aldrich). As for absorption characteristics of a chloroform dilute solution ofCompound 2, the absorption maximum wavelength was 461 nm, and the extinction coefficient was 73,000 M−1cm−1. -
Compound 3 was synthesized in the same manner as that in Synthesis Example 1, except for replacing the thiobarbituric acid with an equal mole of 1,3-diethyl-2-thiobarbituric acid (manufactured by Aldrich) and also replacing the 3-ethyl-2-methylbenzoxazolium iodide with an equal mole of 1,2,3,3-tetramethylindolenium iodide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). As for absorption characteristics of a chloroform dilute solution ofCompound 3, the absorption maximum wavelength was 494 nm, and the extinction coefficient was 114,000 M−1cm−1. -
Compound 4 was synthesized in the same manner as that in Synthesis Example 1, except for replacing the thiobarbituric acid with an equal mole of 1,3-diethyl-2-thiobarbituric acid (manufactured by Aldrich). As for absorption characteristics of a chloroform dilute solution ofCompound 4, the absorption maximum wavelength was 469 nm, and the extinction coefficient was 156,0001M−1cm−1. -
Compound 5 was synthesized in the same manner as that in Synthesis Example 1, except for replacing the 3-ethyl-2-methylbenzoxazolium iodide with an equal mole of 1,2,3,3-tetramethylindolenium iodide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). As for absorption characteristics of a chloroform dilute solution ofCompound 5, the absorption maximum wavelength was 490 nm, and the extinction coefficient was 114,000 M−1cm−1. -
Compound 6 was synthesized in the same manner as that in Synthesis Example 1, except for replacing the thiobarbituric acid with an equal mole of 1-carboxymethyl-3-methyl-barturic acid (obtained through a reaction of N-methyl-N′-carboxymethylurea which can be synthesized according to the usual way, with malonic acid and acetic anhydride in acetic acid). As for absorption characteristics of a chloroform dilute solution ofCompound 6, the absorption maximum wavelength was 443 nm, and the extinction coefficient was 84,000 M−1cm−1 - On a glass substrate, amorphous ITO was deposited in a thickness of 30 nm by a sputtering method to form a lower electrode, and thereafter, Compound 10 was deposited in a thickness of 90 nm by a vacuum heat vapor deposition method while setting up the substrate temperature at 25° C., thereby forming an electron blocking layer. Compound 1 was further deposited in a layer thickness of 170 nm thereon by a vacuum heat vapor deposition method while setting up the substrate temperature at 25° C., thereby forming a photoelectric conversion layer. Incidentally, the vacuum vapor deposition of the photoelectric conversion layer was carried out at a degree of vacuum of not more than 4×10−4 Pa. Silicon oxide (SiO) was further deposited in a layer thickness of 40 nm thereon by a vacuum heat vapor deposition method while setting up the substrate temperature at 25° C., thereby forming a hole blocking layer. Amorphous ITO as an upper electrode was further deposited in a thickness of 8 nm thereon by a sputtering method, thereby forming a transparent electrically conductive layer, followed by sealing in a glass tube. There was thus fabricated a photoelectric conversion device.
- Devices of Examples 2 to 6 were fabricated in the same manner as that in Example 1, except for changing the material and layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer as shown in Table 1.
- A device of Comparative Example 1 was fabricated in the same manner as that in Example 1, except for changing the material and layer thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer as shown in Table 1.
- As for absorption characteristics of a chloroform dilute solution of Comparative Compound 1, the absorption maximum wavelength was 520 nm, and the extinction coefficient was 91,000 M−1cm−1.
- A device was fabricated by reference to Example 3 in JP-A-2006-86160. As for a configuration of the device in Comparative Example 2, the electron blocking layer and the hole blocking layer are not provided; and ITO is deposited in a thickness of 50 nm (lower electrode),
Compound 6 is deposited in a thickness of 50 nm (photoelectric conversion layer), and gold is deposited in a thickness of 20 nm (upper electrode). - Each of the obtained devices was evaluated as a photoelectric conversion device. In the device of Comparative Example 1, an electric field strength at which an external quantum efficiency (efficiency for converting an input photon into an output electron) of the photoelectric conversion at 550 nm reached 15% was determined, and in the devices of Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Example 2, the test was carried out by impressing the same electric field intensity. At that time, the electric field intensity was 1×105 V/cm or more and not more than 1×106 V/cm. The external quantum efficiency was determined by irradiating B light (450 nm) and dividing the number of output electrons by the number of input photons. A G/B color mixing ratio was determined by dividing the external quantum efficiency at the time of irradiating G light (550 nm) by the external quantum efficiency at the time of irradiating B light. An R/B color mixing ratio was determined by dividing the external quantum efficiency at the time of irradiating R light (640 nm) by the external quantum efficiency at the time of irradiating B light. A dark current was measured by impressing the foregoing electric field intensity to the device in a dark room.
- As for a thin film absorption maximum wavelength, a thin film was separately formed to have a thickness of from 80 to 130 nm using each of Compounds 1 to 6 and Comparative Compound 1 on a glass substrate in the same operation as that in the formation of photoelectric conversion layer of the Examples by means of vacuum heat vapor deposition, and an absorption maximum wavelength that is the longest wave was determined from a transmission spectrum thereof.
-
TABLE 1 External Layer quantum thickness of efficiency Thin film photoelectric relative to B absorption Photoelectric conversion light G/B color R/B color Dark current maximum conversion layer (Relative mixing ratio mixing ratio (Relative wavelength device Compound (nm) value) (%) (%) value) (nm) Example 1 Compound 1 170 5.8 <1 <1 0.3 485 Example 2 Compound 2130 3.8 <1 <1 0.7 480 Example 3 Compound 3150 3.1 8 <1 0.5 510 Example 4 Compound 4200 2.9 <1 <1 0.7 480 Example 5 Compound 5100 5.0 9 <1 0.7 505 Example 6 Compound 6130 1.9 <1 <1 0.8 460 Comparative Comparative 100 1.0 150 10 1.0 560 Example 1 Compound 1 Comparative Compound 6 150 1.0 <1 <1 >100 457 Example 2 - It is noted that in comparison with Comparative Example 1, Examples 1 to 6 are high in terms of the external quantum efficiency relative to the B light, in particular, Examples 1 to 5 are high in terms of the external quantum efficiency. Furthermore, it is noted that Examples 1 to 6 are low in terms of the G/B color mixing ratio and the R/B color mixing ratio, in particular, Examples 1, 2, 4 and 6 in which the thin film absorption maximum wavelength is not more than 500 nm are especially low in terms of the G/B color mixing ratio. Furthermore, it is noted that Examples 1 to 6 are low in terms of the dark current.
- It is noted that in comparison with Comparative Example 2, Examples 1 to 6 are high in terms of the external quantum efficiency relative to the B light, in particular, Examples 1 to 5 are high in terms of the external quantum efficiency. Furthermore, it is noted that Examples 1 to 6 are extremely low in terms of the dark current.
- Furthermore, the same imaging device as the form shown in
FIG. 2 was fabricated. That is, after depositing amorphous ITO in a thickness of 30 nm on a CMOS substrate by a sputtering method, patterning was carried out by means of photolithography in such a manner that one pixel was present on each photodiode (PD) on the CMOS substrate, thereby forming a lower electrode, and thereafter, the same procedures as those subsequent to the deposition of an electron blocking material were followed to fabricate the imaging device. The evaluation thereof was carried out in the same manner. As a result, the same results as those in Table 1 were obtained. Thus, it was noted that even in the imaging device, the devices on the basis of the Examples of the invention are high in terms of the external quantum efficiency and low in terms of the G/B color mixing ratio, the R/B color mixing ratio, and the dark current. - According to the invention, a photoelectric conversion device exhibiting high photoelectric conversion efficiency (high sensitivity) and low dark current and having high photoselection, an imaging device, and a method for driving a photoelectric conversion device are obtainable.
- While the invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments thereof, it will be apparent to one skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope thereof.
- The present application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on May 31, 2010 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2010-125325), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
-
-
- 11, 101: Lower electrode (pixel electrode layer)
- 12, 102: Organic photoelectric conversion layer
- 15, 104: Upper electrode (counter electrode layer)
- 16A: Electron blocking layer
- 16B: Hole blocking layer
- 100, 200, 300, 400: Imaging device
Claims (19)
1. A photoelectric conversion device comprising, in the following order: a first electrode; an electron blocking layer; a photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye; a hole blocking layer; and a transparent electrode as a second electrode, wherein an absorption maximum wavelength in a thin film absorption spectrum of the photoelectric conversion layer containing a merocyanine dye falls within a range of from 400 to 520 nm.
2. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 1 , wherein the merocyanine dye is represented by the following general formula (1):
wherein A11 represents a heterocyclic ring; n1 represents an integer of from 0 to 2; A12 represents a heterocyclic ring containing an sp2 carbon atom and a carbon atom of a carbonyl group or a thiocarbonyl group; each of R11 and R12 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; and B1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
3. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 2 , wherein A12 in the general formula (1) is a 6-membered heterocyclic ring.
4. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 2 , wherein an absorption maximum wavelength of the merocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) in a solution state in a visible region falls within a range of from 400 to 500 nm.
5. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 3 , wherein an absorption maximum wavelength of the merocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) in a solution state in a visible region falls within a range of from 400 to 500 nm.
6. The photoelectric conversion device according claim 1 , wherein the first electrode is a transparent electrode.
7. The photoelectric conversion device according claim 2 , wherein the first electrode is a transparent electrode.
8. The photoelectric conversion device according claim 3 , wherein the first electrode is a transparent electrode.
9. The photoelectric conversion device according claim 4 , wherein the first electrode is a transparent electrode.
10. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 1 , wherein the electron blocking layer contains an organic electron blocking material.
11. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 2 wherein the electron blocking layer contains an organic electron blocking material.
12. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 3 wherein the electron blocking layer contains an organic electron blocking material.
13. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 4 wherein the electron blocking layer contains an organic electron blocking material.
14. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 1 , wherein the hole blocking layer contains an inorganic material.
15. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 2 , wherein the hole blocking layer contains an inorganic material.
16. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 3 , wherein the hole blocking layer contains an inorganic material.
17. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 4 , wherein the hole blocking layer contains an inorganic material.
18. An imaging device comprising the photoelectric conversion device according to claim 1 .
19. A method for driving the photoelectric conversion device according to claim 1 , which comprises applying an electric field of from 1×10−4 V/cm to 1×107 V/cm between the first and second electrodes of the photoelectric conversion device.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2010125325A JP5581116B2 (en) | 2010-05-31 | 2010-05-31 | Photoelectric conversion device, imaging device, and driving method of photoelectric conversion device |
JP2010-125325 | 2010-05-31 | ||
PCT/JP2011/061663 WO2011152229A1 (en) | 2010-05-31 | 2011-05-20 | Photoelectric conversion element, imaging element, and method for driving photoelectric conversion element |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2011/061663 Continuation WO2011152229A1 (en) | 2010-05-31 | 2011-05-20 | Photoelectric conversion element, imaging element, and method for driving photoelectric conversion element |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20130087682A1 true US20130087682A1 (en) | 2013-04-11 |
Family
ID=45066608
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/687,950 Abandoned US20130087682A1 (en) | 2010-05-31 | 2012-11-28 | Photoelectric conversion device, imaging device, and method for driving photoelectric conversion device |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20130087682A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP5581116B2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2011152229A1 (en) |
Cited By (35)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20140264298A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image sensor and method of forming the same |
US20150076642A1 (en) * | 2013-09-18 | 2015-03-19 | Rohm Co., Ltd. | Photodetection device and sensor package |
US20150188064A1 (en) * | 2014-01-02 | 2015-07-02 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device and image sensor |
US20150228693A1 (en) * | 2012-09-25 | 2015-08-13 | Sony Corporation | Solid-state image pickup unit and electronic apparatus |
US20150287766A1 (en) * | 2014-04-02 | 2015-10-08 | Tae-Chan Kim | Unit pixel of an image sensor and image sensor including the same |
US20150338604A1 (en) * | 2014-05-22 | 2015-11-26 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Bond-pad integration scheme for improved moisture barrier and electrical contact |
US20160005788A1 (en) * | 2014-07-07 | 2016-01-07 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Solid-state imaging apparatus and imaging system |
US20160037098A1 (en) * | 2014-07-31 | 2016-02-04 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image Sensors Including Semiconductor Channel Patterns |
US20160181305A1 (en) * | 2013-11-01 | 2016-06-23 | Sony Corporation | Solid-state imaging device, method of manufacturing the same, and electronic apparatus |
US20160181226A1 (en) * | 2014-12-22 | 2016-06-23 | Google Inc. | Stacked semiconductor chip rgbz sensor |
US9455302B2 (en) * | 2014-08-12 | 2016-09-27 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image sensor and electronic device including the same |
US9515126B2 (en) * | 2014-08-29 | 2016-12-06 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Photoelectric conversion device having improved external quantum efficiency and image sensor having the same |
CN106298823A (en) * | 2015-06-24 | 2017-01-04 | 三星电子株式会社 | Imageing sensor and the electronic installation including this imageing sensor |
WO2017008166A1 (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2017-01-19 | Dose Smart Imaging | Apparatus for radiation detection in a digital imaging system |
US20170062511A1 (en) * | 2014-10-08 | 2017-03-02 | Omnivision Technologies, Inc. | Dual-Mode Image Sensor With A Signal-Separating Color Filter Array, And Method For Same |
CN106486599A (en) * | 2015-08-26 | 2017-03-08 | 三星电子株式会社 | Organic optoelectronic device and imageing sensor |
US9601538B2 (en) | 2012-05-03 | 2017-03-21 | Semiconductor Components Industries, Llc | Image sensors with photoelectric films |
CN106537594A (en) * | 2014-07-22 | 2017-03-22 | 索尼半导体解决方案公司 | Solid-state imaging element, and electronic device |
US9691823B2 (en) * | 2014-08-01 | 2017-06-27 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image sensors and electronic devices including the same |
US9728260B1 (en) * | 2016-04-28 | 2017-08-08 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Light-erasable embedded memory device and method of manufacturing the same |
US10224486B2 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2019-03-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Compound for organic photoelectric device and organic photoelectric device and image sensor including the same |
US10236461B2 (en) | 2016-05-20 | 2019-03-19 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device and image sensor |
EP3470470A1 (en) * | 2017-10-13 | 2019-04-17 | LANXESS Deutschland GmbH | Methine dyes for the mass dyeing of synthetic polyamides |
US10276802B2 (en) | 2016-04-06 | 2019-04-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Compound and organic photoelectric device, image sensor and electronic device including the same |
KR20190046755A (en) | 2016-09-05 | 2019-05-07 | 가부시키가이샤 아데카 | Polymethine compound |
US10381412B2 (en) | 2015-11-30 | 2019-08-13 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device |
US20190288129A1 (en) * | 2017-05-15 | 2019-09-19 | Hytronik Electronics Co., Ltd. | Photosensitive detecting device capable of simultaneously detecting spectra of different wavelengths |
US20190313043A1 (en) * | 2017-02-03 | 2019-10-10 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Managment Co., Ltd. | Imaging apparatus including unit pixel, counter electrode, photoelectric conversion layer, and voltage supply circuit |
US10505146B2 (en) | 2016-08-29 | 2019-12-10 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device and image sensor and electronic device |
US20200075650A1 (en) * | 2018-09-05 | 2020-03-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image sensor |
US10714521B2 (en) * | 2015-12-03 | 2020-07-14 | Sony Semiconductor Solutions Corporation | Solid-state imaging element and imaging device |
CN112400240A (en) * | 2018-07-13 | 2021-02-23 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Photoelectric conversion element, imaging element, photosensor, and compound |
US11145822B2 (en) | 2017-10-20 | 2021-10-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Compound and photoelectric device, image sensor, and electronic device including the same |
KR20220004010A (en) | 2019-04-26 | 2022-01-11 | 가부시키가이샤 아데카 | polymethine compound |
US11532671B2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2022-12-20 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device and image sensor |
Families Citing this family (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP5881578B2 (en) | 2011-12-15 | 2016-03-09 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Metal complex dye, photoelectric conversion element, dye-sensitized solar cell, and dye solution |
JP6126593B2 (en) * | 2012-06-29 | 2017-05-10 | ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 | Solid-state imaging device, manufacturing method of solid-state imaging device, and electronic device |
US9490441B2 (en) * | 2012-08-02 | 2016-11-08 | Sony Corporation | Semiconductor device, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, solid-state image pickup unit, and electronic apparatus |
JP6114606B2 (en) * | 2013-03-28 | 2017-04-12 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photoelectric conversion material, photoelectric conversion element and method of using the same, optical sensor, imaging element |
JP2015103735A (en) * | 2013-11-27 | 2015-06-04 | ソニー株式会社 | Solid-state image sensor and electronic device |
WO2016009693A1 (en) * | 2014-07-17 | 2016-01-21 | ソニー株式会社 | Photoelectric conversion element, image pickup device, optical sensor, and photoelectric conversion element manufacturing method |
JP2016062997A (en) | 2014-09-16 | 2016-04-25 | ソニー株式会社 | Image pickup device, solid state image pickup device and electronic device |
CN107710435B (en) * | 2015-07-17 | 2021-02-19 | 索尼公司 | Photoelectric conversion element, image pickup element, laminated image pickup element, and solid-state image pickup device |
JP7486312B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2024-05-17 | 日本放送協会 | STACKED IMAGING DEVICE AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD |
JP2021012906A (en) * | 2019-07-04 | 2021-02-04 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Photoelectric conversion element, optical sensor including the same, and imaging element |
JPWO2021100446A1 (en) * | 2019-11-20 | 2021-05-27 | ||
WO2023054346A1 (en) * | 2021-09-29 | 2023-04-06 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photoelectric conversion element, imaging element, light sensor, and compound |
WO2023189605A1 (en) * | 2022-03-31 | 2023-10-05 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photoelectric conversion element, imaging element, photosensor, and compound |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2003007360A (en) * | 2001-06-26 | 2003-01-10 | Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd | Photoelectric transducer |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2005303266A (en) * | 2004-03-19 | 2005-10-27 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Imaging element, method of applying electric field thereto and electric field-applied element |
JP2006086160A (en) * | 2004-09-14 | 2006-03-30 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Photoelectric conversion film, photoelectric conversion element and imaging element, and method of applying electric field to them |
JP2009188337A (en) * | 2008-02-08 | 2009-08-20 | Fujifilm Corp | Photoelectric conversion element |
JP2009252903A (en) * | 2008-04-03 | 2009-10-29 | Fujifilm Corp | Photoelectric conversion element, its manufacturing method, and imaging element |
JP5346546B2 (en) * | 2008-10-24 | 2013-11-20 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Organic semiconductor, photoelectric conversion device, imaging device, and novel compound |
-
2010
- 2010-05-31 JP JP2010125325A patent/JP5581116B2/en active Active
-
2011
- 2011-05-20 WO PCT/JP2011/061663 patent/WO2011152229A1/en active Application Filing
-
2012
- 2012-11-28 US US13/687,950 patent/US20130087682A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2003007360A (en) * | 2001-06-26 | 2003-01-10 | Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd | Photoelectric transducer |
Non-Patent Citations (4)
Title |
---|
Machine translation of JP 2003007360, obtained from <https://dossier1.j-platpat.inpit.go.jp/tri/all/odse/ODSE_GM101_Top.action>, Accessed 22 Feb 2016. * |
Machine translation of JP2006-86160, Obtained from Accessed on 17 September 2015. * |
Machine translation of JP2009-252903, Obtained from Accessed on 17 September 2015. * |
Smith et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1994, 116, pp.3836-3847. * |
Cited By (66)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9601538B2 (en) | 2012-05-03 | 2017-03-21 | Semiconductor Components Industries, Llc | Image sensors with photoelectric films |
US20150228693A1 (en) * | 2012-09-25 | 2015-08-13 | Sony Corporation | Solid-state image pickup unit and electronic apparatus |
US9728579B2 (en) * | 2012-09-25 | 2017-08-08 | Sony Corporation | Solid-state image pickup unit and electronic apparatus for achieving high sensitivity and high saturation charge amount |
US20140264298A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image sensor and method of forming the same |
US9130180B2 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2015-09-08 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image sensor with organic photoelectric layer |
US20150076642A1 (en) * | 2013-09-18 | 2015-03-19 | Rohm Co., Ltd. | Photodetection device and sensor package |
US9159757B2 (en) * | 2013-09-18 | 2015-10-13 | Rohm Co., Ltd. | Photodetection device and sensor package |
US9515109B2 (en) | 2013-09-18 | 2016-12-06 | Rohm Co., Ltd. | Photodetection device, sensor package and electronic equipment including an optical filter |
US20160181305A1 (en) * | 2013-11-01 | 2016-06-23 | Sony Corporation | Solid-state imaging device, method of manufacturing the same, and electronic apparatus |
US9831284B2 (en) * | 2013-11-01 | 2017-11-28 | Sony Corporation | Method of manufacturing an imaging device |
US20150188064A1 (en) * | 2014-01-02 | 2015-07-02 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device and image sensor |
US9343502B2 (en) * | 2014-01-02 | 2016-05-17 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device including a first light-transmitting electrode, an active layer, and a second light-transmitting electrode, and image sensor including the organic photoelectronic device |
US20150287766A1 (en) * | 2014-04-02 | 2015-10-08 | Tae-Chan Kim | Unit pixel of an image sensor and image sensor including the same |
US20150338604A1 (en) * | 2014-05-22 | 2015-11-26 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Bond-pad integration scheme for improved moisture barrier and electrical contact |
US9304283B2 (en) * | 2014-05-22 | 2016-04-05 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Bond-pad integration scheme for improved moisture barrier and electrical contact |
US20160005788A1 (en) * | 2014-07-07 | 2016-01-07 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Solid-state imaging apparatus and imaging system |
CN106537594A (en) * | 2014-07-22 | 2017-03-22 | 索尼半导体解决方案公司 | Solid-state imaging element, and electronic device |
US20160037098A1 (en) * | 2014-07-31 | 2016-02-04 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image Sensors Including Semiconductor Channel Patterns |
US9761636B2 (en) * | 2014-07-31 | 2017-09-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image sensors including semiconductor channel patterns |
US10361251B2 (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2019-07-23 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image sensors and electronic devices including the same |
US9691823B2 (en) * | 2014-08-01 | 2017-06-27 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image sensors and electronic devices including the same |
US9455302B2 (en) * | 2014-08-12 | 2016-09-27 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image sensor and electronic device including the same |
US9515126B2 (en) * | 2014-08-29 | 2016-12-06 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Photoelectric conversion device having improved external quantum efficiency and image sensor having the same |
US20170062511A1 (en) * | 2014-10-08 | 2017-03-02 | Omnivision Technologies, Inc. | Dual-Mode Image Sensor With A Signal-Separating Color Filter Array, And Method For Same |
US9698194B2 (en) * | 2014-10-08 | 2017-07-04 | Omnivision Technologies, Inc. | Dual-mode image sensor with a signal-separating color filter array, and method for same |
US20170373114A1 (en) * | 2014-12-22 | 2017-12-28 | Google Inc. | Stacked Semiconductor Chip RGBZ Sensor |
US9876050B2 (en) * | 2014-12-22 | 2018-01-23 | Google Llc | Stacked semiconductor chip RGBZ sensor |
US20170077168A1 (en) * | 2014-12-22 | 2017-03-16 | Google Inc. | Stacked semiconductor chip rgbz sensor |
US10141366B2 (en) * | 2014-12-22 | 2018-11-27 | Google Inc. | Stacked semiconductor chip RGBZ sensor |
US10056422B2 (en) * | 2014-12-22 | 2018-08-21 | Google Llc | Stacked semiconductor chip RGBZ sensor |
US20160181226A1 (en) * | 2014-12-22 | 2016-06-23 | Google Inc. | Stacked semiconductor chip rgbz sensor |
US9508681B2 (en) * | 2014-12-22 | 2016-11-29 | Google Inc. | Stacked semiconductor chip RGBZ sensor |
US20170373113A1 (en) * | 2014-12-22 | 2017-12-28 | Google Inc. | Stacked Semiconductor Chip RGBZ Sensor |
CN106298823A (en) * | 2015-06-24 | 2017-01-04 | 三星电子株式会社 | Imageing sensor and the electronic installation including this imageing sensor |
WO2017008166A1 (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2017-01-19 | Dose Smart Imaging | Apparatus for radiation detection in a digital imaging system |
CN106535768A (en) * | 2015-07-14 | 2017-03-22 | 多斯智能成像 | Apparatus for radiation detection in a digital imaging system |
EP3322342A4 (en) * | 2015-07-14 | 2019-03-13 | DOSE Smart Imaging | Apparatus for radiation detection in a digital imaging system |
CN106486599A (en) * | 2015-08-26 | 2017-03-08 | 三星电子株式会社 | Organic optoelectronic device and imageing sensor |
US10224486B2 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2019-03-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Compound for organic photoelectric device and organic photoelectric device and image sensor including the same |
US10381412B2 (en) | 2015-11-30 | 2019-08-13 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device |
US11799046B2 (en) | 2015-12-03 | 2023-10-24 | Sony Semiconductor Solutions Corporation | Solid-state imaging element and imaging device with avalanche photodiode |
US10714521B2 (en) * | 2015-12-03 | 2020-07-14 | Sony Semiconductor Solutions Corporation | Solid-state imaging element and imaging device |
US10566544B2 (en) | 2016-04-06 | 2020-02-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Compound and organic photoelectric device, image sensor and electronic device including the same |
US10276802B2 (en) | 2016-04-06 | 2019-04-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Compound and organic photoelectric device, image sensor and electronic device including the same |
US10079204B2 (en) | 2016-04-28 | 2018-09-18 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Light-erasable embedded memory device and method of manufacturing the same |
US9728260B1 (en) * | 2016-04-28 | 2017-08-08 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Light-erasable embedded memory device and method of manufacturing the same |
US10615354B2 (en) | 2016-05-20 | 2020-04-07 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device and image sensor |
US10236461B2 (en) | 2016-05-20 | 2019-03-19 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device and image sensor |
US11532671B2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2022-12-20 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device and image sensor |
US11005070B2 (en) | 2016-08-29 | 2021-05-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device and image sensor and electronic device |
US10505146B2 (en) | 2016-08-29 | 2019-12-10 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Organic photoelectronic device and image sensor and electronic device |
KR20190046755A (en) | 2016-09-05 | 2019-05-07 | 가부시키가이샤 아데카 | Polymethine compound |
US11233965B2 (en) * | 2017-02-03 | 2022-01-25 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. | Imaging apparatus including unit pixel, counter electrode, photoelectric conversion layer, and voltage supply circuit |
US20190313043A1 (en) * | 2017-02-03 | 2019-10-10 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Managment Co., Ltd. | Imaging apparatus including unit pixel, counter electrode, photoelectric conversion layer, and voltage supply circuit |
US11659299B2 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2023-05-23 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. | Imaging apparatus including unit pixel, counter electrode, photoelectric conversion layer, and voltage supply circuit |
US20190288129A1 (en) * | 2017-05-15 | 2019-09-19 | Hytronik Electronics Co., Ltd. | Photosensitive detecting device capable of simultaneously detecting spectra of different wavelengths |
EP3508536A1 (en) * | 2017-10-13 | 2019-07-10 | LANXESS Deutschland GmbH | Methine dyes for the mass dyeing of synthetic polyamides |
EP3470470A1 (en) * | 2017-10-13 | 2019-04-17 | LANXESS Deutschland GmbH | Methine dyes for the mass dyeing of synthetic polyamides |
CN109666310A (en) * | 2017-10-13 | 2019-04-23 | 朗盛德国有限责任公司 | The purposes of methine dyes, preparation method and its mass colouring for plastics |
US11569451B2 (en) | 2017-10-20 | 2023-01-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Compound and photoelectric device, image sensor, and electronic device including the same |
US11145822B2 (en) | 2017-10-20 | 2021-10-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Compound and photoelectric device, image sensor, and electronic device including the same |
US11793072B2 (en) | 2017-10-20 | 2023-10-17 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Compound and photoelectric device, image sensor, and electronic device including the same |
CN112400240A (en) * | 2018-07-13 | 2021-02-23 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Photoelectric conversion element, imaging element, photosensor, and compound |
US20200075650A1 (en) * | 2018-09-05 | 2020-03-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image sensor |
US11011562B2 (en) * | 2018-09-05 | 2021-05-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Image sensor |
KR20220004010A (en) | 2019-04-26 | 2022-01-11 | 가부시키가이샤 아데카 | polymethine compound |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2011152229A1 (en) | 2011-12-08 |
JP2011253861A (en) | 2011-12-15 |
JP5581116B2 (en) | 2014-08-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20130087682A1 (en) | Photoelectric conversion device, imaging device, and method for driving photoelectric conversion device | |
US7888759B2 (en) | Photoelectric conversion device, imaging device, and process for producing the photoelectric conversion device | |
US7659499B2 (en) | Photoelectric conversion device and solid-state imaging device | |
JP4972288B2 (en) | Image sensor | |
JP4914597B2 (en) | Photoelectric conversion element, imaging element, and method of applying electric field to them | |
JP5087304B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of solid-state imaging device | |
US8226854B2 (en) | Photoelectric conversion device, imaging device and photosensor | |
JP5244287B2 (en) | Image sensor and method for applying electric field to image sensor | |
US20070120045A1 (en) | Organic photoelectric conversion device and stack type photoelectric conversion device | |
JP2005303266A (en) | Imaging element, method of applying electric field thereto and electric field-applied element | |
JP4951224B2 (en) | Photoelectric conversion film, photoelectric conversion element, imaging element, and method of applying electric field to them | |
JP2006100766A (en) | Photoelectric conversion element and image pickup element, and method of applying electric field to those | |
US20100276670A1 (en) | Photoelectric device, imaging device, and photosensor | |
JP2007059517A (en) | Photoelectric conversion film, photoelectric conversion element, image pickup element and method of applying electric field to them | |
JP2006270021A (en) | Laminated photoelectric conversion element | |
JP2008227091A (en) | Photoelectric converting element and solid-state image pickup device | |
JP2012169676A (en) | Solid state imaging device | |
US20070045520A1 (en) | Photoelectric conversion device and imaging device | |
JP2008258421A (en) | Organic photoelectric conversion element, and manufacturing method thereof | |
JP4719531B2 (en) | Photoelectric conversion element and imaging element | |
JP2007059483A (en) | Photoelectric conversion element, imaging device and method of applying electric field thereto | |
JP2009054605A (en) | Photoelectric conversion element, and imaging element | |
JP2012165023A (en) | Manufacturing method of photoelectric conversion element, and solid state image sensor | |
JP2006237351A (en) | Photoelectric conversion film, photoelectric conversion element, and process for producing photoelectric conversion film | |
JP2009188337A (en) | Photoelectric conversion element |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: FUJIFILM CORPORATION, JAPAN Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:NOMURA, KIMIATSU;REEL/FRAME:029367/0570 Effective date: 20121121 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |